SRI MANAKULA VINAYAGAR ENGINEERING COLLEGE (An Autonomous Institution)
Puducherry
B.TECH. FASHION TECHNOLOGY
ACADEMIC REGULATIONS 2020 (R-2020)
CURRICULUM AND SYLLABI
2 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
COLLEGE VISION AND MISSION
VISION
To be globally recognized for excellence in quality education, innovation and research for the transformation of lives to serve the society.
MISSION M1: Quality Education : To provide comprehensive academic system that amalgamates the cutting edge technologies with best practices. M2: Research and Innovation : To foster value-based research and innovation in collaboration with industries and institutions globally for creating intellectuals with new avenues. M3: Employability and : To inculcate the employability and entrepreneurial skills through Entrepreneurship value and skill based training. M4: Ethical Values : To instill deep sense of human values by blending societal righteousness with academic professionalism for the growth of society.
DEPARTMENT VISION AND MISSION
Vision
To be the premier institution for the graduates to excel in technical and professional competencies with a multi-faceted approach by raising the standard to be a trend-setter and job-provider in the ever-growing Fashion Industry across the globe.
Mission
M1: Quality of Education : To educate students with high-impact experiential learning environment through relevant curriculum M2: Research and Innovation : To inculcate research oriented curriculum in order to equip them to appraise the real-world problems and formulate feasible solutions. M3: Industrial and Societal needs : To guide them in design forecasting by learning the dynamic trend In fashion industry and changes in customer preferences. M4: Global Participants : To impart hands-on training to students with state of the art infrastructure and to provide conducive atmosphere for teaching and learning M5: Employability : To prepare and equip the graduates according to the latest Fashion Trends.
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
3 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020 PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
PO1: Engineering knowledge: Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering fundamentals, and an engineering specialization to the solution of complex engineering problems. PO2: Problem analysis: Identify, formulate, research literature, and analyze complex engineering problems reaching substantiated conclusions using first principles of mathematics, natural sciences, and engineering sciences. PO3: Design/development of solutions: Design solutions for complex engineering problems and design system components or processes that meet the specified needs with appropriate consideration for the public health and safety, and the cultural, societal, and environmental considerations. PO4: Conduct investigations of complex problems: Use research-based knowledge and research methods including design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of data and synthesis of the information to provide valid conclusions. PO5: Modern tool usage: Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, resources, and modern engineering and IT tools including prediction and modeling to complex engineering activities with an understanding of the limitations. PO6: The engineer and society: Apply reasoning informed by the contextual knowledge to assess societal, health, safety, legal and cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities relevant to the professional engineering practice. PO7: Environment and sustainability: Understand the impact of the professional engineering solutions in societal and environmental contexts, and demonstrate the knowledge of and need for sustainable development. PO8: Ethics: Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities and norms of the engineering practice. PO9: Individual and team work: Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or leader in diverse teams, and in multidisciplinary settings. PO10: Communication: Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the engineering community and with society at large, such as, being able to comprehend and write effective reports and design documentation, make effective presentations, and give and receive clear instructions. PO11: Project management and finance: Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the engineering and management principles and apply these to one’s own work, as a member and leader in a team, to manage projects and in multidisciplinary environments. PO12: Life-long learning: Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability to engage in independent and life-long learning in the broadest context of technological change.
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
4 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020 PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
PEO1: To provide the students with strong fundamental technical knowledge for developing core competency in garment design and manufacturing, to cater the manpower requirement of apparel and fashion industry. PEO2: To enrich professional, leadership and team building skills among the students, by enhancing the social responsibility for shaping them as professionals and entrepreneurs in the discipline of fashion technology. PEO3: To stimulate student’s capabilities to create new concepts, designs and processes towards developing products and services with societal impact. PEO4: To uphold and improve the students technical and managerial competencies through advanced degree program in the fields of design, technology and management.
PROGRAM SPECIFIC OUTCOME (PSOs)
PSO 1: Demonstrate industry-readiness through competent planning and execution of garment manufacturing requirements while meeting/exceeding established standards of productivity, quality assurance and cost.
PSO 2: Design and develop innovative fashion/apparel products and apply appropriate construction and embellishment skills to produce good fit and customer delight.
PSO 3: Apply relevant garment/ fashion management principles effectively in apparel production and promotional commitments to arrive at stated outcomes and also engage in lifelong learning and pursue research.
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
5 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
STRUCTURE FOR UNDERGRADUATE ENGINEERING PROGRAM
Breakdown Sl.No Course Category of Credits
1 Humanities and Social Science (HS) 07
2 Basic Sciences(BS) 10
3 Engineering Sciences (ES) 15
4 Professional Core (PC) 93
5 Professional Electives (PE) 18
6 Open Electives (OE) 09
7 Project Work and Internship (PW) 12 Employability Enhancement 8 - Courses (EEC) 9 Mandatory courses (MC) - Total 164
SCHEME OF CREDIT DISTRIBUTION – SUMMARY
AICTE Credits per Semester Total Sl.No Suggested Course Category I II III IV V VI VII VIII Credits 1 Humanities and Social Science (HS) - - - 1 4 - 1 1 07 2 Basic Sciences(BS) 3 3 4 - - - - - 10 3 Engineering Sciences (ES) 8 7 ------15 4 Professional Core (PC) 7 11 18 15 15 15 9 3 93 5 Professional Electives (PE) - - - 3 3 3 3 6 18 6 Open Electives (OE) - - - 3 - 3 3 - 09 7 Project Work (PW) ------2 8 10 8 Internship (PW) ------2 - 02 Employability Enhancement 9 ------Courses (EEC*) 10 Mandatory courses (MC*) ------Total 18 21 22 22 22 21 20 18 164 * EEC and MC credits are not included for CGPA calculation
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
6 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
CURRICULUM
SEMESTER – I Sl. Course Periods Max. Marks Course Title Category Credits No. Code L T P CAM ESM Total Theory Engineering Mathematics – I 1 U20BST101 BS 2 2 0 3 25 75 100 Calculus and Linear Algebra 2 U20EST110 Programming in Python ES 3 0 0 3 25 75 100 Basic Electrical and 3 U20EST117 ES 3 0 0 3 25 75 100 Electronics Engineering Basics of Apparel 4 U20FTT101 PC 3 0 0 3 25 75 100 Technology 5 U20FTT102 Textile Fibre Science PC 3 0 0 3 25 75 100 Practical Programming in Python 6 U20ESP111 ES 0 0 2 1 50 50 100 Laboratory Basic Electrical and 7 U20ESP118 ES 0 0 2 1 50 50 100 Electronics Engineering Lab 8 U20FTP101 Fibre Analytical Lab PC 0 0 2 1 50 50 100 Employability Enhancement Course 9 U20FTC1XX Certification Course - I EEC 0 0 4 - 100 - 100 Mandatory Course 10 U20FTM101 Induction Program MC 3 Weeks - - - - Total 18 375 525 900
SEMESTER – II Sl. Course Periods Max. Marks Course Title Category Credits No. Code L T P CAM ESM Total Theory 1 U20BST219 Basics Textile Chemistry BS 3 0 0 3 25 75 100 Applied Mechanics for Textile 2 U20EST253 ES 3 0 0 3 25 75 100 Technologists Basic Engineering Graphics 3 U20EST254 ES 3 0 0 3 25 75 100 for Textile Designing Basics of Yarn and Fabric 4 U20FTT203 PC 3 0 0 3 25 75 100 Manufacturing Concepts of Fashion and 5 U20FTT204 PC 3 0 0 3 25 75 100 Design 6 U20FTT205 Fabric Surface Design PC 3 0 0 3 25 75 100 Practical Basic Engineering Graphics 7 U20ESP255 ES 0 0 2 1 50 50 100 for Textile Designing Lab 8 U20FTP202 Textile manufacturing Lab PC 0 0 2 1 50 50 100 Fashion And Design Concept 9 U20FTP203 PC 0 0 2 1 50 50 100 Lab Employability Enhancement Course 10 U20FTC2XX Certification Course - II EEC 0 0 4 - 100 - 100 11 U20FTS201 Skill Development Course 1* EEC 0 0 2 - 100 - 100 Mandatory Course 12 U20FTM202 Environmental Science MC 2 0 0 - 100 - 100 Total 21 600 600 1200 * Skill Development Courses (1, 2 and 3) are to be selected from the list given in Annexure IV
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
7 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020 SEMESTER – III Sl. Course Periods Max. Marks Course Title Category Credits No. Code L T P CAM ESM Total Theory Operations Research and 1 U20BST327 BS 2 2 0 3 25 75 100 Statistical Methods 2 U20FTT306 Fashion Illustration PC 3 0 0 3 25 75 100 3 U20FTT307 Pattern Engineering -I PC 3 0 0 3 25 75 100 4 U20FTT308 Fabric Structure and Design PC 3 0 0 3 25 75 100 Yarns and Fabrics for 5 U20FTT309 PC 3 0 0 3 25 75 100 Fashion 6 U20FTT310 Knitting Technology PC 3 0 0 3 25 75 100 Practical 7 U20BSP326 Statistical Laboratory BS 0 0 2 1 50 50 100 8 U20FTP304 Fashion Illustration Lab PC 0 0 2 1 50 50 100 9 U20FTP305 Pattern Engineering -I Lab PC 0 0 2 1 50 50 100 Fabric Structure and Design 10 U20FTP306 PC 0 0 2 1 50 50 100 Graphics lab Employability Enhancement Course 11 U20FTC3XX Certification Course - III EEC 0 0 4 - 100 - 100 12 U20FTS302 Skill Development Course 2* EEC 0 0 2 - 100 - 100 Mandatory Course 13 U20FTM303 Physical Education MC 0 0 2 - 100 - 100 Total 22 650 650 1300
SEMESTER – IV Sl. Course Periods Max. Marks Course Title Category Credits No Code L T P CAM ESM Total Theory 1 U20FTT411 Pattern Engineering -II PC 3 0 0 3 25 75 100 2 U20FTT412 Textile Chemical Processing PC 3 0 0 3 25 75 100 Apparel machinery and 3 U20FTT413 PC 3 0 0 3 25 75 100 Equipment 4 U20FTT414 Garment Construction - I PC 3 0 0 3 25 75 100 5 U20FTE4XX Professional Elective - I PE 3 0 0 3 25 75 100 6 U20XXO4XX Open Elective-I OE 3 0 0 3 25 75 100 Practical 7 U20HSP401 General Proficiency - I HS - - 2 1 50 50 100 8 U20FTP407 Pattern Engineering -II Lab PC 0 0 2 1 50 50 100 Textile Chemical Processing 9 U20FTP408 PC 0 0 2 1 50 50 100 LAB Garment Construction - I 10 U20FTP409 PC 0 0 2 1 50 50 100 Lab Employability Enhancement Course 11 U20FTC4XX Certification Course - IV EEC - - 4 - 100 - 100 12 U20FTS403 Skill Development Course 3* EEC 0 0 2 - 100 - 100 Mandatory Course 13 U20FTM404 NSS MC 0 0 2 - 100 - 100 Total 22 650 650 1300 * Skill Development Courses ( 1, 2 and 3) are to be selected from the list given in Annexure IV
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
8 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020 SEMESTER – V Sl. Course Periods Credits Max. Marks Course Title Category No. Code L T P CAM ESM Total Theory 1 U20FTT515 Garment Construction - II PC 3 0 0 3 25 75 100 Textile Testing and Apparel Quality 2 U20FTT516 PC 3 0 0 3 25 75 100 Evaluation Fashion Forecasting and 3 U20FTT517 PC 3 0 0 3 25 75 100 Accessories Apparel Merchendising and Cost 4 U20FTT518 PC 3 0 0 3 25 75 100 Management 5 U20FTE5XX Professional Elective - II PE 3 1 0 3 25 75 100 6 U20XXO5XX Open Elective-II OE 3 0 0 3 25 75 100 Practical 7 U20HSP502 General Proficiency -II HS - - 2 1 50 50 100 8 U20FTP510 Garment Construction - II Lab PC 0 0 2 1 50 50 100 Fashion Forecasting and 9 U20FTP511 PC 0 0 2 1 50 50 100 Accessories LAB 10 U20FTP512 Testing of Textile and Apparels Lab PC 0 0 2 1 50 50 100 Employability Enhancement Course 11 U20FTC5XX Certification Course - V EEC 0 0 4 - 100 - 100 Skill Development Course 4: 12 U20FTS504 EEC 0 0 2 - 100 - 100 Foreign Language/ IELTS - I Skill Development Course 5: 13 U20FTS505 EEC 0 0 2 - 100 - 100 Presentation Skill using ICT Mandatory Course 14 U20FTM505 Indian Constitution MC 2 0 0 - 100 - 100 Total 22 750 650 1400
SEMESTER – VI Sl. Course Periods Max. Marks Course Title Category Credits No Code L T P CAM ESM Total Theory 1 U20FTT619 Garment Project Planning PC 3 0 0 3 25 75 100 2 U20FTT620 CAD – CAM For Apparels PC 3 0 0 3 25 75 100 Apparel Design Development and 3 U20FTT621 PC 3 0 0 3 25 75 100 Size Fit analysis Environment Engineering and 4 U20FTT622 PC 3 0 0 3 25 75 100 Sustainability 5 U20FTE6XX Professional Elective - III PE 3 0 0 3 25 75 100 6 U20XXO6XX Open Elective-III OE 3 0 0 3 25 75 100 Practical 7 U20FTP613 Garment Project Planning Lab PC 0 0 2 1 50 50 100 8 U20FTP614 CAD – CAM For Apparels Lab PC 0 0 2 1 50 50 100 Apparel Design Development and 9 U20FTP615 PC 0 0 2 1 50 50 100 Size Fit analysis Lab Employability Enhancement Course 10 U20FTC6XX Certification Course - VI EEC 0 0 4 - 100 - 100 Skill Development Course 6: 11 U20FTS606 EEC 0 0 2 - 100 - 100 Foreign Language / IELTS - II Skill Development Course 7: EEC 12 U20FTS607 0 0 2 - 100 - 100 Technical Seminar Skill Development Course 8: EEC 13 U20FTS608 0 0 0 - 100 - 100 NPTEL / MOOC - I Mandatory Course Essence of Indian Traditional 14 U20FTM606 MC 2 0 0 - 100 - 100 Knowledge Total 21 800 600 1400 B.Tech. Fashion Technology
9 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
SEMESTER – VII Sl. Course Periods Max. Marks Course Title Category Credits No Code L T P CAM ESM Total Theory Apparel Production And 1 U20FTT723 PC 3 0 0 3 25 75 100 Planning And Control Brand Management and 2 U20FTT724 PC 3 0 0 3 25 75 100 Visual Merchandising 3 U20FTE7XX Professional Elective - IV PE 3 0 0 3 25 75 100 4 U20XXO7XX Open Elective-IV OE 3 0 0 3 25 75 100 Practical Business Basics for 5 U20HSP703 HS 0 0 2 1 100 - 100 Entrepreneur Apparel Production And 6 U20FTP716 PC 0 0 2 1 50 50 100 Planning And Control Lab Brand Management and 7 U20FTP717 PC 0 0 2 1 50 50 100 Visual Merchandising LAB Apparel Finishing and Care 8 U20FTP718 PC 0 0 2 1 50 50 100 Lab Project Work 9 U20FTW701 Project Phase – I PW 0 0 4 2 50 50 100 10 U20FTW702 Internship / Inplant Training PW - - - 2 100 - 100 Mandatory Course 11 U20FTM707 Professional Ethics MC 2 0 0 - 100 - 100 Total 20 600 500 1100
SEMESTER – VIII
Sl. Course Periods Max. Marks Course Title Category Credits No. Code L T P CAM ESM Total Theory Apparel Exports 1 U20FTT825 PC 3 0 0 3 25 75 100 Management 2 U20FTE8XX Professional Elective - V PE 3 0 0 3 25 75 100 3 U20FTE8XX Professional Elective - VI PE 3 0 0 3 25 75 100 Practical Entrepreneurship 4 U20HSP804 HS 0 0 2 1 100 - 100 Management 5 U20FTW803 Project phase – II PW 0 0 16 8 40 60 100 Employability Enhancement Course Skill Development Course 9: 6 U20FTS809 MC 0 0 0 - 100 - 100 NPTEL / MOOC-II Total 18 315 285 600
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
10 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
Annexure – I
PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE COURSES
Professional Elective – I (Offered in Semester IV) Sl. No. Course Code Course Title 1 U20FTE401 High Fashion Sewing Techniques 2 U20FTE402 Draping Techniques 3 U20FTE403 Intimate Apparel 4 U20FTE404 Fashion Portfolio 5 U20FTE405 High Fashion Designing Professional Elective – II (Offered in Semester V) Sl. No. Course Code Course Title
1 U20FTE506 Technical Textiles 2 U20FTE507 ERP And MIS in Apparel Industry 3 U20FTE508 Advances in Garment Production 4 U20FTE509 Apparel Work Study 5 U20FTE510 Leather Technology Professional Elective – III (Offered in Semester VI) Sl. No. Course Code Course Title 1 U20FTE611 Apparel Product Engineering 2 U20FTE612 Advances in garment finishing 3 U20FTE613 Fundamentals of Nanoscience 4 U20FTE614 Denim Garment Manufacturing Technology 5 U20FTE615 Home Textiles in Fashion Professional Elective – IV (Offered in Semester VII) Sl. No. Course Code Course Title 1 U20FTE716 Apparel Merchandising and Cost Management 2 U20FTE717 Computer Applications in the Garment Industry 3 U20FTE718 Clothing Comfort 4 U20FTE719 Fabric Souring and Sampling 5 U20FTE720 Total Quality Management in Apparel Industry Professional Elective – V (Offered in Semester VIII) Sl. No. Course Code Course Title 1 U20FTE821 International Social Compliance 2 U20FTE822 Fashion Marketing 3 U20FTE823 Social Compliance in Apparel industry 4 U20FTE824 Value Engineering in the Apparel Industry 5 U20FTE825 Product Certification in Garment Industry Professional Elective – VI (Offered in Semester VIII) Sl. No. Course Code Course Title 1 U20FTE826 Apparel Logistics and Supply Chain Management 2 U20FTE827 International Business in Apparel Industry 3 U20FTE828 Fashion Retail Store Operation 4 U20FTE829 Interior Décor and Design 5 U20FTE830 Fashion Enterperneurship
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
11 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
Annexure - II OPEN ELECTIVE COURSES (R-2020) Offering S.No Course Code Course Title Permitted Departments Department Open Elective – I (Offered in Semester IV) Solar Photovoltaic Fundamental ECE, ICE, MECH, CIVIL, 1 U20EEO401 EEE and applications Mechatronics, CCE ECE, ICE, MECH, CIVIL, 2 U20EEO402 Electrical Safety EEE Mechatronics, CCE, BME, IT, CSE, FT Engineering Computation with EEE, ICE, MECH, CIVIL, CCE, 3 U20ECO401 ECE MATLAB BME, AI&DS, Mechatronics EEE, ICE, CSE, MECH, IT, 4 U20ECO402 Consumer Electronics ECE CIVIL, CCE, BME, Mechatronics, FT EEE, ECE, ICE, MECH, CIVIL, 5 U20CSO401 Web Development CSE BME, Mechatronics EEE, ECE, ICE, MECH, CIVIL, 6 U20CSO402 Analysis of Algorithms CSE BME, Mechatronics Database System: Design & 7 U20ITO401 IT EEE, ECE, ICE, CCE, BME Development EEE, ECE, ICE, CCE, BME, 8 U20ITO402 R programming IT MECH, Mechatronics ECE, CSE, IT, MECH, CIVIL, 9 U20ICO401 Sensors and Transducers ICE CCE, AI&DS, FT
10 U20ICO402 Control System Engineering ICE CSE, IT, MECH, CCE, AI&DS
11 U20MEO401 Rapid Prototyping MECH EEE, ECE, ICE, CIVIL, BME, FT
12 U20MEO402 Material Handling System MECH EEE, ICE, CIVIL, Mechatronics
13 U20MEO403 Industrial Engineering for Textile MECH FT
EEE, ECE, MECH, BME, IT, 14 U20CEO401 Energy and Environment CIVIL Mechatronics, FT
15 U20CEO402 Building Science and Engineering CIVIL EEE, MECH, BME
EEE, ECE, CSE, IT, ICE, CCE, 16 U20BMO401 Medical Electronics BME MECH, Mechatronics, AI&DS EEE, ECE, CSE, IT, ICE, CCE, 17 U20BMO402 Telemedicine BME AI&DS EEE, ECE, MECH, CIVIL, ICE, 18 U20CCO401 Basic DBMS CCE Mechatronics, BME Introduction to Communication EEE, CSE, IT, MECH, CIVIL, 19 U20CCO402 CCE Systems ICE, Mechatronics EEE, ECE, CSE, IT, ICE, Knowledge Representation and 20 U20ADO401 AI&DS MECH, CIVIL, CCE, BME, Reasoning Mechatronics EEE, ECE, CSE, IT, ICE, 21 U20ADO402 Introduction to Data Science AI&DS MECH, CIVIL, CCE, BME, Mechatronics B.Tech. Fashion Technology
12 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020 Open Elective – II / Open Elective – III U20HSO501/ 1 Product Development and Design MBA U20HSO601 Common to B. Tech
U20HSO502/ (Offered in Semester V for EEE, 2 Intellectual Property and Rights MBA U20HSO602 ECE, ICE, CIVIL, BME, CCE, FT) U20HSO503/ Marketing Management and 3 MBA U20HSO603 Research
U20HSO504/ Project Management for 4 MBA U20HSO604 Engineers (Offered in Semester VI for CSE, IT, MECH, Mechatronics, U20HSO505/ 5 Finance for Engineers MBA AI&DS) U20HSO605 Open Elective – II / Open Elective – III (Offered in Semester V for CSE, IT, MECH, Mechatronics, AI&DS) (Offered in Semester VI for EEE, ECE, ICE, CIVIL, BME, CCE, FT) U20EEO503 / Conventional and Non- ECE, ICE, MECH, CIVIL, BME, 1 EEE U20EEO603 Conventional Energy Sources Mechatronics, CCE, AI&DS, FT U20EEO504 / ECE, ICE, MECH, Mechatronics, 2 Industrial Drives and Control EEE U20EEO604 AI&DS U20ECO503/ Electronic Product Design and EEE, CSE, IT, ICE, MECH, 3 ECE U20ECO603 Packaging CCE, BME, Mechatronics U20ECO504/ 4 Automotive Electronics ECE EEE, ECE, ICE, MECH U20ECO604 U20CSO503/ EEE, ECE, ICE, MECH, CIVIL, 5 Platform Technology CSE U20CSO603 BME U20CSO504/ EEE, ECE, ICE, MECH, CIVIL, 6 Graphics Designing CSE U20CSO604 BME, FT U20ITO503/ EEE, ECE, ICE, MECH, CIVIL, 7 Essentials of Data Science IT U20ITO603 BME U20ITO504/ EEE, ECE, ICE, MECH, CIVIL, 8 Mobile App Development IT U20ITO604 BME, Mechatronics U20ICO503/ 9 Fuzzy logic and neural networks ICE CSE, IT, CIVIL, BME, AI&DS U20ICO603 U20ICO504/ Measurement and 10 ICE ECE, Mechatronics U20ICO604 Instrumentation U20MEO504/ 11 Heating, ventilation and air MECH EEE, ECE, ICE, CIVIL U20MEO604 conditioning system (HVAC) U20MEO505/ EEE, ECE, ICE, CIVIL, BME, 12 Creativity Innovation and New MECH U20MEO605 Product Development Mechatronics U20CEO503/ EEE, ECE, CSE, IT, ICE, 13 CIVIL U20CEO603 Disaster Management MECH, BME, CCE, AI&DS, FT U20CEO504/ EEE, ECE, CSE, IT, ICE, 14 Air Pollution and Solid Waste CIVIL U20CEO604 Management MECH, BME, CCE, AI&DS, FT U20BMO503/ EEE, ECE, CSE, IT, ICE, CCE, 15 Biometric Systems BME U20BMO603 MECH, Mechatronics U20BMO504/ EEE, ECE, CSE, IT, ICE, CCE, 16 Medical Robotics BME U20BMO604 MECH, CIVIL , Mechatronics U20CCO503/ EEE, MECH, CIVIL, ICE, 17 Network Essentials CCE U20CCO603 Mechatronics, BME
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
13 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020 U20CCO504/ EEE, ECE, MECH, CIVIL, ICE, 18 Web Programming CCE U20CCO604 Mechatronics, BME U20ADO503/ Principle of Artificial Intelligence EEE, ECE, CSE, IT, ICE, 19 AI&DS U20ADO603 and Machine Learning MECH, CIVIL, CCE EEE, ECE, CSE, IT, ICE, U20ADO504/ 20 Data science Application of Vision AI&DS MECH, CIVIL, CCE, BME, U20ADO604 Mechatronics U20MCO501/ 21 Industrial Automation for Textile Mechatronics FT U20MCO601
Open Elective – IV (Offered in Semester VII)
1 U20EEO705 Hybrid and Electrical Vehicle EEE ECE, Mechatronics , MECH
ECE, ICE, MECH, CIVIL, Electrical Energy Conservation 2 U20EEO706 EEE BME, Mechatronics, CCE, and auditing AI&DS EEE, ICE, CSE, MECH, IT, 3 U20ECO705 IoT and its Applications ECE CIVIL, CCE, FT EEE, ICE, CSE, MECH, IT, Cellular and Mobile 4 U20ECO706 ECE CIVIL, CCE, BME, Communications Mechatronics EEE, ICE, CIVIL, CCE, 5 U20CSO705 Artificial Intelligence CSE MECH, FT Cloud Technology and EEE, ICE, MECH, CIVIL, 6 U20CSO706 CSE its Applications CCE, BME, Mechatronics Automation Techniques & EEE, ECE, ICE, CSE, MECH, 7 U20ITO705 IT CIVIL, CCE, BME, Tools- DevOps Mechatronics EEE, ICE, MECH, CIVIL, 8 U20ITO706 Augmented and Virtual Reality IT CCE, BME EEE, ECE, CSE, MECH, IT, 9 U20ICO705 Process Automation ICE CIVIL, CCE, BME, Mechatronics EEE, ECE, MECH, 10 U20ICO706 Virtual Instrumentation ICE Mechatronics Principles of Hydraulic and 11 U20MEO706 MECH EEE, ECE, ICE, CIVIL Pneumatic System EEE, ECE, CIVIL, 12 U20MEO707 Supply Chain Management MECH Mechatronics
13 U20CEO705 Energy Efficient Buildings CIVIL EEE, ECE, MECH
Global Warming and Climate EEE, ECE, CSE, IT, ICE, 14 U20CEO706 CIVIL Change MECH, BME, CCE, AI&DS, FT
15 U20MCO702 Building Automation Mechatronics MECH, CIVIL
Automation in Manufacturing 16 U20MCO703 Mechatronics MECH, CIVIL Systems Internet of Things for 17 U20BMO705 BME EEE, ECE, ICE, CCE Healthcare
18 U20BMO706 Telehealth Technology BME EEE, ECE, ICE, CCE
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
14 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020 EEE, ECE, MECH, CIVIL, ICE, 19 U20CCO705 Data Science using python CCE Mechatronics, BME Mobile Applications Development EEE, ECE, MECH, CIVIL, ICE, 20 U20CCO706 CCE using Android Mechatronics, BME EEE, ECE, CSE, IT, ICE, 21 U20ADO705 Data Science Application of NLP AI&DS MECH, CIVIL, CCE, BME, Mechatronics. EEE, ECE, CSE, IT, ICE, 22 U20ADO706 Artificial Intelligence Applications AI&DS MECH, CIVIL, CCE, BME Industrial Safety and Human 23 U20HSO706 MBA FT Resource Management Operation Research in Textile 24 U20HSO707 MBA FT Industry Global marketing and Sourcing 25 U20HSO708 MBA FT Strategies Fashion Advertising and sales 26 U20HSO709 MBA FT promotions
27 U20HSO710 Luxury Brand management MBA FT
28 U20HSO711 Fashion Retail Store Operations MBA FT
Annexure – III
EMPLOYABILITY ENHANCEMENT COURSES – (A). CERTIFICATION COURSES
Sl. No. Course Code Course Title
1 U20FTCX01 3ds Max 2 U20FTCX02 Advance Structural Analysis of Building using ETABS 3 U20FTCX03 Advanced Java Programming 4 U20FTCX04 Advanced Python Programming 5 U20FTCX05 Analog System Lab Kit 6 U20FTCX06 Android Medical App Development 7 U20FTCX07 Android Programming 8 U20FTCX08 ANSYS -Multiphysics 9 U20FTCX09 Artificial Intelligence 10 U20FTCX10 Artificial Intelligence and Edge Computing 11 U20FTCX11 Artificial Intelligence in Medicines 12 U20FTCX12 AutoCAD for Architecture 13 U20FTCX13 AutoCAD for Civil 14 U20FTCX14 AutoCAD for Electrical 15 U20FTCX15 AutoCAD for Mechanical 16 U20FTCX16 Azure DevOps 17 U20FTCX17 Basic Course on ePLAN 18 U20FTCX18 Basic Electro Pneumatics 19 U20FTCX19 Basic Hydraulics 20 U20FTCX20 Bio Signal and Image Processing Development System
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
15 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020 21 U20FTCX21 Blockchain 22 U20FTCX22 Bridge Analysis 23 U20FTCX23 Building Analysis and Construction Management 24 U20FTCX24 Building Design and Analysis Using AECO Sim Building Designer 25 U20FTCX25 CATIA 26 U20FTCX26 CCNA (Routing and Switching) 27 U20FTCX27 CCNA (Wireless) 28 U20FTCX28 Cloud Computing 29 U20FTCX29 Computer Programming for Medical Equipments 30 U20FTCX30 Corel Draw 31 U20FTCX31 Creo (Modeling and Simulation) 32 U20FTCX32 Cyber Security 33 U20FTCX33 Data Science and Data Analytics 34 U20FTCX34 Data Science using Python 35 U20FTCX35 Data Science using R 36 U20FTCX36 Deep Learning 37 U20FTCX37 Design and Documentation using ePLAN Electric P8 38 U20FTCX38 Design of Biomedical Devices and Systems 39 U20FTCX39 Digital Marketing 40 U20FTCX40 Digital Signal Processing Development System 41 U20FTCX41 DigSILENT Power Factory 42 U20FTCX42 Electro Hydraulic Automation with PLC 43 U20FTCX43 Embedded System using Arduino 44 U20FTCX44 Embedded System using C 45 U20FTCX45 Embedded System with IoT 46 U20FTCX46 ePLAN Data Portal 47 U20FTCX47 ePLAN Electric P8 48 U20FTCX48 ePLAN Fluid 49 U20FTCX49 ePLAN PPE 50 U20FTCX50 Fusion 360 51 U20FTCX51 Fuzzy Logic and Neural Networks 52 U20FTCX52 Google Analytics 53 U20FTCX53 Hydraulic Automation 54 U20FTCX54 Industrial Automation 55 U20FTCX55 Industry 4.0 56 U20FTCX56 Internet of Things 57 U20FTCX57 Introduction to C Programming 58 U20FTCX58 Introduction to C++ Programming 59 U20FTCX59 IoT using Python 60 U20FTCX60 Java Programming 61 U20FTCX61 Machine Learning 62 U20FTCX62 Machine Learning and Deep Learning 63 U20FTCX63 Machine Learning for Medical Diagnosis 64 U20FTCX64 Mechatronics 65 U20FTCX65 Medical Robotics 66 U20FTCX66 Microsoft Dynamics 365 ERP for HR , Marketing and Finance 67 U20FTCX67 Mobile Edge Computing 68 U20FTCX68 Modeling and Visualization using Micro station
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
16 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020 69 U20FTCX69 MX Road 70 U20FTCX70 Photoshop 71 U20FTCX71 PLC 72 U20FTCX72 Pneumatics Automation 73 U20FTCX73 Project Management 74 U20FTCX74 Python Programming 75 U20FTCX75 Revit Architecture 76 U20FTCX76 Revit Inventor 77 U20FTCX77 Revit MEP 78 U20FTCX78 Robotics 79 U20FTCX79 Search Engine Optimization 80 U20FTCX80 Software Testing 81 U20FTCX81 Solar and Smart Energy System with IoT 82 U20FTCX82 Solid Works 83 U20FTCX83 Solid Works with Electrical Schematics 84 U20FTCX84 Speech Processing 85 U20FTCX85 STAAD PRO V8i 86 U20FTCX86 Structural Design and Analysis using Bentley 87 U20FTCX87 Total Station 88 U20FTCX88 Video and Image Processing Development System 89 U20FTCX89 VLSI Design 90 U20FTCX90 Web Programming - I 91 U20FTCX91 Web Programming - II
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
17 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
Annexure – IV
EMPLOYABILITY ENHANCEMENT COURSES – (B). SKILL DEVELOPMENT COURSES
Sl. No Course Code Course Title
Skill Development Course 1 * 1) Development of Fashion Model 1 U20FTS201 2) Colour and Fashion 3) Design and Data Collection Skill Development Course 2 * 1) Fashion Evolution and Traditional Indian Textile 2 U20FTS302 2) Garment Ornamentation 3) Design of Sports Wear Skill Development Course 3 * 1) Computer Colour Matching 3 U20FTS403 2) Digital Fashion Marketing 3) Import and Export Documentation 4 U20FTS504 Skill Development Course 4 : Foreign Language/ IELTS -I 5 U20FTS505 Skill Development Course 5 : Presentation Skills using ICT 6 U20FTS606 Skill Development Course 6 : Foreign Language/ IELTS - II 7 U20FTS607 Skill Development Course 7 : Technical Seminar 8 U20EES608 Skill Development Course 8 : NPTEL / MOOC - I 9 U20EES809 Skill Development Course 9 : NPTEL / MOOC-II * Any one course to be selected from the list
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
18 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
19 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS – I L T P C Hrs U20BST101 CALCULUS AND LINEAR ALGEBRA 2 2 0 3 60 (Common to all branches except CSBS) Course Objectives • To familiarize the concept of matrices. • To introduce mathematical tools to solve first order differential equations. • To learn linear differential equations of higher order with constant coefficients. • To understand the concept of partial differentiation. • To introduce the concepts of curl, divergence and integration of vectors in vector calculus.
Course Outcomes After completion of the course, the students will be able to CO1–Understand the concept of Eigen values and Eigen vectors, Diagonalization of a matrix. (K2) CO2– Solve differential equations. (K3) CO3– Solve higher order differential equations.(K3) CO4– Solve different types of partial differential equation. (K3) CO5– Understand the use of vector calculus. (K2)
UNIT I MATRICES (12 Hrs) Rank of a Matrix –Consistency of system of equations. Eigen values and Eigen vectors of a real matrix – Characteristic equation – Properties of Eigen values and Eigen vectors.Cayley – Hamilton Theorem – Diagonalization of matrices.
UNIT II DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS (12 Hrs) Exact equations, First order linear equations, Bernoulli’s equation, Equations not of first degree: equations solvable for p, equations solvable for y, equations solvable for x and Clairaut’s type.
UNIT III DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS (HIGHER ORDER) (12 Hrs) Linear differential equations of higher order with constant coefficients, the operator D, Euler’s linear equation of higher order with variable coefficients, Solution by variation of parameter method.
UNIT IV PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS (12 Hrs) Partial derivatives,Total derivatives,Differentiation of implicit functions,Maxima and Minima of two variables.Partial differential equations of higher order with constant coefficients.
UNIT V VECTOR CALCULUS (12 Hrs) Gradient, divergence and curl – Directional derivative – Irrotational and Solenoidal vector fields – Gauss Divergence Theorem and Stokes Theorem.
Text Books 1. Erwin Kreyszig, “Advanced Engineering Mathematics“, Wiley, 10th Edition, 2019. 2. B.V.Ramana, ”Higher Engineering Mathematics”, Tata McGraw – Hill, New Delhi, 6th Edition, 2018. 3. N.P. Bali and Manish Goyal, ”A Text Book of Engineering Mathematics”, Lakshmi Publications, New Delhi, 9thEdition, 2018.
Reference Books 1. C W. Evans, “Engineering Mathematics”, A Programmed Approach, 3rd Edition, 2019. 2. Dr. A. Singaravelu, “Engineering Mathematics - I”, Meenakshi publications, Tamil Nadu, 2019. 3. M.K. Venkataraman, “Engineering Mathematics, The National Publishing Company, Madras, 2016. 4. S.Narayanan and Manicavachagom T.K. Pillay,“Differential Equations and Its Applications”, Paperback, Viswanathan.S, Printers& Publishers Pvt Ltd, 2009. 5. Dr.G Balaji, “Engineering Mathematics – I”, G.Balaji publishers, 2017.
Web References 1. http://www.yorku.ca/yaoguo/math1025/slides/chapter/kuttler-linearalgebra–slides-systemsofquation- handout.pdf 2. http://www.math.cum.edu/~wn0g/2ch6a.pdf 3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/122/104/122104017/ 4. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/111/106/111106051/ 5. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/111/108/111108081/ B.Tech. Fashion Technology
20 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping Program Specific Program Outcomes (POs) COs Outcomes (PSOs) PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3 1 2 1 - - - 1 1 - - - - 1 3 1 - 2 3 2 1 1 - 1 1 - - - - 1 3 1 - 3 3 2 1 1 - 1 1 - - - 1 2 1 - 4 3 2 1 1 - 1 1 - - - - 1 2 - - 5 2 1 - - - - 1 - - - 1 1 - -
Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 - High
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
21 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020 L T P C Hrs PROGRAMMING IN PYTHON U20EST110 (Common to CSE, IT, CCE, FT) 3 0 0 3 45 Course Objectives • To acquire programming skill in core python. • To learn the basic Syntax and Semantics of Python Programming. • To learn how to design python program and applications. • To acquire object oriented skills in python. • To develop the skill of designing applications using modules and packages
Course Outcomes After completion of the course, the students will be able to CO1 - Define the structure and components of a python program. (K1) CO2 - Illustrate the concepts of Python decision statements. (K2) CO3 - Interpret the use of loops and functions to facilitate code reuse. (K3) CO4 - Use list, tuple, Set and dictionary in python program. (K3) CO5 - Read / write data from / to files and structure a program using Exceptions and Modules. (K3)
UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO PYTHON PROGRAMMING LANGUAGE (9 Hrs) Introduction to Python Language – Strengths and Weaknesses – IDLE – Visual Source Code – Arithmetic Operators – Arithmetic Expressions – Dynamic Types – Naming Conventions – String Values – String Operations – String Slices – String Operators – Numeric Data Types – Conversions
UNIT II DECISION MAKING (9 Hrs) Control Flow: Introduction – Control Flow and Syntax – Indenting – Relational Operators – Relational Expressions – Logical – Operators – Logical Expressions – If Statement – If else – Elif – Nested if.
UNIT III LOOPING (9 Hrs) Loop: The while Loop – Break and continue – Nested while Loop – For Loop – Nested for Loop. Functions: parameters – Return values – Local and global scope – Function composition – Recursion and lambda functions.
UNIT IV LIST, TUPLE, SET, DICTIONARY, ARRAYS (9 Hrs) Lists: List operations – List slices – List methods – List loop – Mutability – Aliasing – Cloning lists – List parameters – Tuples: Tuple assignment – Tuple as return value – Advanced list processing – List comprehension – Sets – Dictionaries: Operations and methods – Arrays.
UNIT V FILES, EXCEPTIONS, MODULES, AND PACKAGES (9 Hrs) Built In Functions. Files and Exception: Text Files – Reading and writing files – Format operator – Command line arguments – Errors and exceptions – Handling exceptions – Modules – Standard modules – Packages – Bit Wise Operators. Text Books 1. Martin C Brown, “Python The Complete Reference”, McGraw-Hill Education, 4th Edition, 2018 2. Allen B. Downey, “Think Python: How to Think Like a Computer Scientist‘‘, Shroff/O‘Reilly Publishers, 2nd edition, 2016 (http://greenteapress.com/wp/thinkpython/). 3. Reema Thareja, “Python Programming Using Problem Solving Approach”, ISBN: 9780199480173, Oxford University Press, First edition, 2017.
Reference Books 1. Robert Sedgewick, “Kevin Wayne, Robert Dondero – Introduction to Programming inPython: An Inter- disciplinary Approach”, Pearson India Education Services Pvt. 2016. 2. Timothy A. Budd, “Exploring Python”, Mc-Graw Hill Education (India) Private Ltd., 2015. 3. Ben Stephenson, “The Python Workbook A Brief Introduction with Exercises and Solutions”, Springer International Publishing, Switzerland 2014. B.Tech. Fashion Technology
22 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020 4. John V Guttag, “Introduction to Computation and Programming Using Python’’, MIT Press, Revised and expanded Edition, 2013. 5. Charles Dierbach, “Introduction to Computer Science using Python: A Computational Problem-Solving Focus”, Wiley India Edition, 2013.
Web References 1. https://www.learnpython.org/ 2. https://pythonprogramming.net/introduction-learn-python-3-tutorials/ 3. https://www.codecademy.com/learn/learn-python 4. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/106/106106182/
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping Program Specific Program Outcomes (POs) COs Outcomes (PSOs) PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3 1 1 - - - 1 ------1 1 - 2 2 1 - - 1 ------3 1 - 3 2 1 - - 1 ------2 1 - 4 3 2 1 1 1 ------2 1 - 5 3 2 1 1 1 ------3 1 -
Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 - High
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
23 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
BASIC ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS L T P C Hrs U20EST117 ENGINEERING (Common to MECH, CIVIL, AI&DS, FT) 2 2 0 3 60 Course Objectives • To introduce fundamental concepts, various laws and principles associated with electrical circuits and its analysis. • To provide knowledge about the various factors in AC circuits and resonance condition. • To introduce the concept of electrical safety, power system and working of transformers and motors. • To understand the characteristics and applications of semiconductor devices • To provide the basic knowledge in analog electronics • To understand the purpose of communication and acquire knowledge on different communication systems
Course Outcomes After completion of the course, the students will be able to CO1 - Analyze the basic concepts, various laws and theorems used in DC circuits.(K3) CO2 - Analyze and solve the AC circuits and develop resonance circuits for transmitter and receiver.(K4) CO3 - Gain the knowledge of power system, importance of electrical safety measures and application of transformers and motors in real time.(K2) CO 4 - Understand the operator of semiconductor diode and its applications. (K2) CO 5 - Explain the characteristics and operation of BJT and FET. (K2) CO 6 - Relate and Explain Different Communication Systems. (K2)
Part A- BASIC ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING UNIT I DC CIRCUITS AND NETWORK THEOREMS (10 Hrs) Concept of Potential difference, voltage, current, work, Power, Energy, Electric networks, voltage source and current sources, linear passive and active elements, current-voltage relation, ideal and practical sources, concept of dependent and independent sources, Kirchhoff-s laws and applications to network solutions using mesh and nodal analysis, Simplifications of networks using series-parallel, Star/Delta transformation. Network Theorem – Superposition, Thevenin’s, Norton's and Maximum Power Transfer
UNIT II AC CIRCUITS (10 Hrs) AC waveform- definitions, form factor, peak factor, study of R-L, R-C, RLC series circuit, R-L-C parallel circuit, phasor representation in Polar and rectangular form, concept of impedance, admittance, active, reactive, apparent and complex power, power factor, Resonance in series and parallel circuits, bandwidth and quality factors, 3 phase Balanced AC Circuits (Y-∆ and Y-Y)-power Measurement –two Wattmeter method
UNIT III ELECTRICAL SAFETY AND ELECTRICAL MACHINES (10 Hrs) Layout of electrical power system and its functions, Safety devices and systems, Types of domestic wiring, Wiring Accessories, Necessity of earthing, insulators, cables, fuse and circuit breakers - Sensors and its types. Law of Electromagnetic induction, Auto transformer, Single phase transformer- load test – Open Circuit and Short Circuit test, Fleming’s Right and Left hand rule – construction, principle, load test and performance characteristics of rotating machines – DC Motor and DC Generator - single phase/three phase induction motor, Alternator and synchronous motor (Qualitative approach only)
PART B - ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING UNIT IV SEMICONDUCTOR DIODES AND APPLICATIONS (10 Hrs) Introduction semiconductor materials-Doping-Intrinsic and Extrinsic Semiconductor –PN junction diode, structure, characteristics-diffusion and depletion capacitance-Rectifier, Half wave and Full wave rectifier-zener diode characteristics-zener diode as regulator –Light Emitting Diode(LED)-Solar Panel
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
24 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020 UNIT V TRANSISTORS (10 Hrs) Bipolar Junction Transistor-construction-operation-Common Base, Common Emitter, Common collector Configuration-characteristics- Biasing- numerical application-Junction Field Effect Transistor(JFET), Metal oxide semiconductor Field Effect Transistor, EMOSFET-DMOSFET operation characteristics-Numerical applications
UNIT VI COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS (10 Hrs) Need for Modulation – Block diagram of analog communication System - AM, FM, PM Definitions and Waveforms – Comparison of digital and analog communication system- Block diagram of digital communication system – Electromagnetic Spectrum. Wired and wireless Channel – Block diagram of communication systems – satellite communication – Cellular Mobile Communication – Fibre Optical Communication System.
Text Books 1. Sudhakar.A and Shyam Mohan.S.P, “Circuits and Networks Analysis and Synthesis”, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd., New Delhi, 4th edition, 2010. 2. D.P.Kothari and I.J. Nagrath, “Electric Machines”, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 5th Edition, 2017. 3. A.E.Fitzgerald, Charles Kingsley, Stephen. D. Umans, “Electric Machinery”, Tata Mcgraw Hill, New Delhi, 7th Edition, 2013. 4. Theraja B. L and Theraja A. K., “A Textbook of Electrical Technology”, Vol. II, S Chand & Co. Ltd., New Delhi, 2009 5. V. K. Metha & Rohit Metha,”Principles of Power System”, S.Chand, 2005 6. Edward Hughes, John Hiley, Keith Brown, Ian McKenzie Smith, “Electrical and Electronics Technology”, Pearson Education Limited, New Delhi, 2010.
Reference Books 1. V.Deltoro, “Principle of Electrical Engg.” PHI. 2. M.A Mallick, Dr. I. Ashraf, “Fundamental of Electrical Engg,” Word Press, Lucknow. 3. A T. K. Nagsarkar and M. S. Sukhija, Basic of Electrical Engineering, Oxford University Press, 2011 4. S.K. Sahdev, “Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering and Electronics”, DhanpatRai and Co, 2013. 5. Wayne Tomasi, “Electronic Communication Systems- Fundamentals Theory Advanced”, Fourth Edition, Pearson Education, 2001.
Web References 1. https://www.electrical4u.com/ 2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108/102/108102146/ 3. https://www.javatpoint.com/electrical-machines-tutorial 4. http://www.electronics-tutorials.ws 5. http://www.eeweb.com/articles
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping Program Specific Program Outcomes (POs) COs Outcomes (PSOs) PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3 1 2 3 2 1 3 ------1 - - 2 2 3 2 1 3 ------1 - - 3 2 3 2 1 3 ------2 - 2 4 2 3 2 3 3 ------1 - - 5 2 3 2 3 3 ------1 - - 6 2 3 2 3 3 ------1 - - Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
25 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020 L T P C Hrs U20FTT101 BASICS OF APPAREL TECHNOLOGY 3 0 0 3 45 Course Objectives • To understand the basics of apparel industry • To familiarize the pre-production and post-production processes of apparel industry. • To understand the stiches and seams. • To highlight the production processes of apparel industry. • To understand the applications of CAD-CAM in apparel industry. Course Outcomes After completion of the course, the students will be able to CO1 - Describe the structure and classification of garment industries as per size, labor and product.(K2) CO2 - Illustrate various pre-production and post-production processes with their importance’s, process flow, requirements and machineries. (K3) CO3 - Describe the structure and classification of stiches and seams. (K2) CO4 - Categorize various production technologies. (K3) CO5 - Explain various process in apparel industry. (K3)
UNIT I (7 Hrs) Introduction to clothing industry, classification as per the size, labour etc. fabric inspection and grading system used in the industry.
Unit II (9 Hrs) Cutting: Importance of cutting, requirements of cutting, Types of cutting Machines, production processes in cutting room, planning, Laying, spreading, cutting, preparation for sewing. Bundling and labelling Fusing: purpose of fusing, the process of fusing, requirement of fusing as per fabric, fusing machinery for garment parts, methods of fusing and quality control in fusing.
Unit III (10 Hrs) Sewing: Classification of stitches & seams, feed systems, sewing threads, sewing needles, machinery and elements; functions of SNLS machine and working aids. Defects in seam and stitches,
Unit IV (10 Hrs) Production Technology: Manual systems, make-through systems, straight line systems, modular production systems, unit production systems, quick response systems. Warehousing: Handling equipment, storage equipment, packing equipment.
Unit V (9 Hrs) Pressing & finishing: object, Objectives of pressing, classifications, means, components, machinery and equipments, garment finishing and inspection. Labelling and Packing.
Text Books: 1. Harrold Carr., and Barbara Latham., “The Technology of Clothing Manufacture” Backwell Science, U.K., 1994,ISBN: 0632037482 | ISBN-13: 9780632037483. 2. Gerry Cooklin., Steven George Hayes., and John McLoughlin., “Introduction to Clothing Manufacture”, Wiley-Blackwell Science, U.K., 2006, ISBN: 0632058463 | ISBN- 13:9780632058464.
Reference Books: 1. Richard M. Jones., “The Apparel Industry”, Blackwell Science, U.K., 2006, ISBN: 1405135999 |ISBN-13: 9781405135993. 2. Kantilal Ila., “Apparel Industry in India”, NICTAS Publication, Ahmedabad, 1990,ISBN:8185472009 | ISBN-13: 9788185472003. 3. Raj kishore Nayak., and Rajiv Pandhya.,”Garment Manufacturing Technology”, Woodhead publications 2015, ISBN: 1782422323 | ISBN-13: 9781782422327. 4. ChutterA. J., “Introduction to Clothing Production Management”, Wiley-Blackwell Science, U.K., 1995, ISBN: 0632039396 | ISBN-13: 9780632039395.
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
26 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020 5. Harold Carr, “The Clothing Factory”, Clothing and Footwear Institute, 1972. ISBN: B0012PP566. 6. Miller E., “Textile Properties and Behaviour in Clothing use”, Batsford Publication, 1992, ISBN:0713472359 | ISBN-13: 9780713472356. 7. Cooklin G., “Fusing Technology”, The Textile Institute, Manchester, 1990, ISBN: 1870812204 |ISBN-13: 9781870812207. 8. Jay Diamond., “Fashion Apparel and Accessories”, Delmar Publication, 1994, ISBN: 0827356242 | ISBN- 13: 9780827356245.
Web References
1. https://www.fibre2fashion.com/ 2. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Clothing_industry 3. https://www.encyclopedia.com/sports-and-everyday-life/fashion-and clothing/fashion/clothing-industry
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping Program Specific Program Outcomes (POs) COs Outcomes (PSOs) PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3 1 3 2 2 1 - - - - 3 - - - 3 2 - 2 3 2 2 1 ------3 2 2 3 3 3 2 2 2 ------3 2 - 4 3 2 2 1 - - 2 - - - - - 3 2 - 5 3 2 2 2 ------3 2 - Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 - High
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
27 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
L T P C Hrs U20FTT102 TEXTILE FIBRES SCIENCE 3 0 0 3 45 Course Objectives • To understand the basics of textile fibres. • To analyse morphological and chemical structure of natural fibres. • To understand the manufacturing processes of manmade fibres. • To explain properties of natural and manmade fibres. • To understand the selection of fibres Course Outcomes After completion of the course, the students will be able to CO1 - Explain the basics of textile natural fibres. (K2) CO2 - Explain the basics of textile synthetic fibres. (K2) CO3 - Describe morphological and chemical structure of regenerated fibres. (K2) CO4 - Illustrate identification of various fibres. (K3) CO5 - Enunciate the selection of fibres. (K4)
UNIT I NATURAL FIBRES (10 Hrs) NATURAL FIBRES: Classification of Textile Fibres – natural and synthetic. Requirements and characteristics of textile fibres. Properties, sourcing and end uses of cotton, jute, and flax. Wool: Different qualities, properties and end uses. Silk: different types, properties and end uses. Organic cotton and coloured cotton, Banana fibre – properties and end uses. Unconventional Fibres
UNIT II SYNTHETIC FIBRES (10 Hrs) SYNTHETIC FIBRES: Principles of fiber formation by dry, wet, melt spinning and solution spinning techniques. Manufacture, sourcing and properties of polyamide, polyester, polypropylene and polyacrylonitrile fibres. Drawing and heat setting process. Mono and multi filaments. High performance fibres- elastomers, glass, aramid, carbon fibres: properties, sourcing and applications. Bi component fibres - micro fibres, ultrafine denier fibres: properties and enduses. Dope dyed fibres, Nano fibres - properties and applications.
UNIT III REGENERATED FIBRES (9 Hrs) REGENERATED FIBRES: Cellulosic Fibres- Viscose rayon, lyocell, modal and Bamboo – Raw Material, production, structure & properties, sourcing and end uses. Regenerated Protein Fibres: Milk, soybean - structure & properties, sourcing and end uses.
UNIT IV IDENTIFICATION OF FIBRES (6 Hrs) IDENTIFICATION OF FIBRES: Feeling Test, Burning test, Microscopic test, Staining Test, Chemical test and Density measurement.
UNIT V PRODUCT VARIATION AND FIBRE SELECTION (10 Hrs) PRODUCT VARIATION AND FIBRE SELECTION: Fibre selection for apparels – casual, formal and partywear. Home textiles – safety and aesthetic properties. Basic properties and fibre selection for Sportswear, intimate garments, medical garments and protective clothing.
Text Books: 1. Mishra S. P., ―Text book of Fibre Science and Technology‖, Newnes-HV Butterworths & Co. Publishers Ltd., Oxford, 2000. 2. Premamoy Ghosh, ―Fibre Science and Technology‖, McGraw Hill, India, 2004.
Reference Books: 1. Morton W. E. and Hearle J. W. S., ―Physical Properties of Textile Fibres‖, Textile Institute, Manchester, 1993 2. Gupta V. B. and Kothari V. K. ―Manufactured Fibre Technology‖, Chapman & Hall, London, 1997. B.Tech. Fashion Technology
28 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020 3. Sreenivasamurthy H.V., ―Introduction to Textile Fibres‖, The Textile Association India, Mumbai, 1998. 4. Gorden & Cook - Hand book of Textile Fibres Vol. I & II, Merrrow Publication Ltd, England.
Web References
1. https://www.slideshare.net/Farhanullahbaig/fiber-science 2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/116/102/116102026/ 3. https://ncert.nic.in/textbook/pdf/gesc103.pdf
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping Program Specific Program Outcomes (POs) COs Outcomes (PSOs) PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3 1 2 2 ------1 - - 2 3 1 ------1 - - 3 2 3 ------2 - - 4 2 3 ------5 2 2 ------1 Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 - High
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
29 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
L T P C Hrs U20ESP111 PROGRAMMING IN PYTHON 0 0 2 1 30 LABORATORY (Common to CSE, IT, CCE,FT) Course Objectives • To acquire programming skill in core python. • To learn how to design python program and applications. • To acquire object oriented skills in python. • To design and implement modules and packages. • To develop the skill of designing applications. Course Outcomes After completion of the course, the students will be able to CO1 - Examine Python syntax and semantics. (K3) CO2 - Demonstrate proficiency in handling Strings and File Systems. (K3) CO3 - Compile, run and manipulate Python Programs using core data structures. (K3) CO4 - Interpret the concepts of Object-Oriented Programming as used in Python. (K3) CO5 - Implement exemplary applications related to modules and packages in Python. (K3)
List of Exercises 1. Develop simple programs using python syntax and semantics. 2. Demonstrate python program using Arithmetic expressions. 3. Demonstrate python program using Strings. 4. Demonstrate python program using relational expressions. 5. Understand the decision making statement. 6. Illustrate Conditional statements with real time problems. 7. Write Python Functions to facilitate code reuse. 8. Basic python applications using List, Tuples, Sets. 9. Implementation of searching. 10. Implementation of sorting. 11. Implement python programs using Dictionaries 12. Illustrate file concepts with real time problems 13. Use Exception handling in python applications for error handling. 14. Implement simple applications using Modules 15. Implement simple applications using Packages 16. Develop Real time application like Number guessing, Dice rolling simulator, Mobile contacts, etc
Reference Books 1. Reema Thareja, “Python Programming Using Problem Solving Approach”, Oxford University Press; First edition, 2017. 2. Robert Sedgewick, Kevin Wayne, Robert Dondero, “Introduction to Programming in Python: An Inter- disciplinary Approach”, Pearson India Education Services Pvt., 2016. 3. Timothy A. Budd, “Exploring Python”, Mc-Graw Hill Education (India) Private Ltd., 2015. 4. Ben Stephenson, “The Python Workbook A Brief Introduction with Exercises and Solutions”, Springer International Publishing, 2014. 5. Paul Gries, Jennifer Campbell and Jason Montojo, “Practical Programming: An Introduction to Computer Science using Python 3”, Pragmatic Programmers, LLC, Second edition, 2013.
Web References 1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/106/106106182/ 2. https://www.learnpython.org/ 3. https://pythonprogramming.net/introduction-learn-python-3-tutorials/ https://www.codecademy.com/learn/learn-python
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
30 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping
Program Specific Program Outcomes (POs) COs Outcomes (PSOs) PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3 1 1 - - - 1 ------1 1 - 2 2 1 - - 1 ------3 1 - 3 2 1 - - 1 ------2 1 - 4 3 2 1 1 1 ------2 1 - 5 3 2 1 1 1 ------3 1 - Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 - High
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
31 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
BASIC OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS L T P C Hrs U20ESP118 ENGINEERING LAB (Common to MECH, CIVIL, AI&DS, FT) 0 0 2 1 30 Course Objectives • To introduce practical knowledge for the analysis of laws and theorems. • To provide the methods to evaluate and test the devices and machines. • To Study about Electronic components and CRO. • To study VI characteristics of Diodes the applications of Diode as Half wave rectifier • To understand Input and output characteristics of Transistors and FETs
Course Outcomes After completion of the course, the students will be able to CO1 - Inspect the network theorems and validate the results through simulation. (K4) CO2 - Build the various wiring systems for house, Godown, etc. (K3) CO3 - Estimate the performance of DC and induction motor by conducting load and no load tests.(K5) CO4 - Describe characteristics of semiconductor diode and utilize it for different applications (K3) CO5 - Relate the characteristics of various transistor (K3)
List of Experiments PART – A ELECTRICAL EXPERIMENTS
Demonstration on Sources, Ammeters, Voltmeters, Wattmeters, Energy meters and Transducers are Pre Requisite for conducting this electrical engineering Lab. 1. Domestic Wiring Practice • Staircase wiring • Doctor’s room wiring • Godown wiring • Ceiling fan and fluorescent lamp wiring 2. Verification of Network Theorems (simulatiozn and experimental) 3. Determination of resistance temperature coefficient 4. Simulation of R-L-C Series Circuit for XL>XC, XC >XL 5. Load test on single phase transformer. 6. Measurement of 3-phase power using two wattmeter methods. 7. Load test on DC shunt motor. 8. Load test on single phase induction motor.
PART – B ELECTRONICS EXPERIMENTS 1. Study of Electronic components and equipments: Resistor, Capacitor 2. Measurement of AC signal parameter (Peak-Peak, rms period, frequency) using CRO. 3. VI Characteristics of PN junction diode, Zener diode 4. Input and output characteristics of Common Emitter configuration of BJT 5. Characteristics of JFET 6. Measurement of Ripple factor of HWR
Reference Books 1. A. Sudhakar and S. P. Shyam Mohan, “Circuits and Networks Analysis and Synthesis”, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd., New Delhi, 4th Edition, 2010. 2. D. P. Kothari and I. J. Nagrath, “Electric Machines”, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 5th Edition, 2017. 3. Edward Hughes, John Hiley, Keith Brown, Ian McKenzie Smith, “Electrical and Electronics Technology”, Pearson Education Limited, New Delhi, 10th Edition, 2010 4. David Bell, “Electronic Devices and Circuits”, 5th Edition, Oxford University Press, 2008. B.Tech. Fashion Technology
32 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
Web References 1. https://www.electrical4u.com/ 2. https://www.allaboutcircuits.com/ 3. https://www.circuitlab.com/ 4. http://tuttle.merc.iastate.edu/ee201/spice/pspice_transient.pdf 5. http://em-coep.vlabs.ac.in/
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping Program Specific Program Outcomes (POs) COs Outcomes (PSOs) PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3 1 3 3 3 3 3 - - - 2 - - - 1 2 - 2 3 3 3 3 3 - - - 2 - - - 2 2 - 3 3 3 2 3 3 - - - 2 - - - 2 2 - 4 3 2 2 2 ------2 - 1 - 5 3 2 2 2 ------2 - 1 -
Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 - High
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
33 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
L T P C Hrs U20FTP101 FIBRE ANALYTICAL LABORATORY 0 0 2 1 30 Course Objectives • To understand Method of characterization of fibres. • To identify of fibres by different methods. • To analyse various Properties of fibre • To understand nature and chemical reaction of various fibers • To understand physical properties of fibres Course Outcomes After completion of the course, the students will be able to CO1 - Identify the common textile fibres (K3) CO2 - Identify and determine the blend proportion.(K3) CO3 - Analyses the characteristics of fibres. (K3) CO4 - Solve real time problems in fibre identification and fibre properties (K3) CO5 - Determine the physical properties of fibre (K3)
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS 1. Identification of fibres by feel, microscopic view, burning behavior and solubility • Natural cellulose fibres • Natural protein fibres • Regenerated cellulose fibres • Polyamide fibres • Polyester fibres • Polyolefin fibres 2. Studying swelling behavior of cotton/Viscose fibres 3. Fibre maturity measurement by caustic soda method. 4. Identification of textile fibres by flammability methods 5. Determination of moisture absorption properties of textile fibres 6. Identification of textile fibres through solubility test. 7. Determination of the blend proportion • Natural/ regenerated cellulose • Cellulose/ protein fibres • Cellulose/polyester fibres Reference Books 1. Laboratory Manual prepared by the Department of Fashion Technology, 2020 2. Mishra S. P., ―Text book of Fibre Science and Technology‖, Newnes-HV Butterworths & Co. Publishers Ltd., Oxford, 2000. 3. Premamoy Ghosh, ―Fibre Science and Technology‖, McGraw Hill, India, 2004.
Web References 1. https://www.slideshare.net/Farhanullahbaig/fiber-science 2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/116/102/116102026/ 3. https://ncert.nic.in/textbook/pdf/gesc103.pdf
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping Program Specific Program Outcomes (POs) COs Outcomes (PSOs) PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3 1 1 3 3 2 ------1 - - 2 1 3 3 2 ------1 - - 3 2 3 3 2 ------1 - - 4 1 2 3 3 ------1 - - 5 2 2 3 2 ------1 - - Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
34 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020 L T P C Hrs U20FTC1XX CERTIFICATION COURSE I 0 0 4 - 50
Students shall choose an International certification course offered by the reputed organizations like Google, Microsoft, IBM, Texas Instruments, Bentley, Autodesk, Eplan and CISCO, etc. The duration of the course is 40-50 hours specified in the curriculum, which will be offered through Centre of Excellence.
Pass /Fail will be determined on the basis of participation, attendance, performance and completion of the course. If a candidate Fails, he/she has to repeat the course in the subsequent years. Pass in this course is mandatory for the award of degree.
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
35 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
U20FTM101 INDUCTION PROGRAM
Induction program for students to be offered right at the start of the first year Duration of the Program 3 Weeks • Physical Activity • Creative Arts and Culture • Mentoring and Universal Human Values • Familiarization with College, Dept./Branch Induction program • Literary Activity • Proficiency Modules • Lectures and Workshops by Eminent People • Visits in Local Area • Extra-Curricular Activities in College
1. Physical Activity This would involve a daily routine of physical activity with games and sports. There would be games in the evening or at other suitable times according to the local climate. These would help develop team work besides health. Each student could pick one game and learn it for the duration of the induction program and hopefully, continue with it later. 2. Creative Arts Every student would chose one skill related to the arts whether visual arts or performing arts. Examples are painting, music, dance, pottery, sculpture etc. The student would pursue it every day for the duration of the program. These would allow for creative expression. It would develop a sense of aesthetics and also enhance creativity which would, hopefully, flow into engineering design later. 3. Mentoring and Universal Human Values Mentoring and connecting the students with faculty members is the most important part of student induction. Mentoring takes place in the context and setting of Universal Human Values. It gets the student to explore oneself and experience the joy of learning, prepares one to stand up to peer pressure and take decisions with courage, be aware of relationships and be sensitive to others, understand the role of money in life and experience the feeling of prosperity. Need for character building has been underlined by many thinkers, universal human values provide the base. Methodology of teaching this content is extremely important. It must not be through do’s and dont’s, but by getting the students to explore and think by engaging them in a dialogue. It is best taught through group discussions and real life activities rather than lecturing. The role of group discussions, however, with clarity of thought of the teachers cannot be over emphasized. It is essential for giving exposure, guiding thoughts, and realizing values. The teachers must come from all the departments rather than only one department like HSS or from outside of the Institute. Experiments in this direction at IIT(BHU) are noteworthy and one can learn from them. Discussions would be conducted in small groups of about 20 students with a faculty mentor each. It is to open thinking towards the self. Universal Human Values discussions could even continue for rest of the semester as a normal course, and not stop with the induction program. Besides drawing the attention of the student to larger issues of life, it would build relationships between teachers and students which last for their entire 4-year stay and possibly beyond. 4. Other Activity Activities that are not there on a daily basis, but are conducted for 3-4 days (typically in the afternoons) and change thereafter.
4.1. Familiarization with College, Department/Branch The incoming students should be told about the credit and grading system, and about the examinations. They should be informed about how study in college differs from study in school. They should also be taken on a tour of the college and shown important points such as library, canteen, and other facilities. They should be shown their department, and told what it means to get into the branch or department. Describe what role the B.Tech. Fashion Technology
36 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020 technology related to their department plays in society and after graduation what role the student would play in society as an engineer in that branch. A lecture by an alumnus of the Dept. would be very helpful in this regard. They should also be shown the laboratories, workshops and other facilities. The above should be done right in the first two days, and then over the afternoons thereafter, as appropriate. 4.2. Literary Activity Literary activity would encompass reading a book, writing a summary, debating, enacting a play etc. 4.3. Proficiency Modules The induction program period can be used to overcome some critical lacunas that students might have, for example, English, computer familiarity etc. These should run like crash courses, so that when normal courses start after the induction program, the student has overcome the lacunas substantially. We hope that problems arising due to lack of English skills, wherein students start lagging behind or failing in several subjects, for no fault of theirs, would, hopefully, become a thing of the past. 4.4. Lectures and Workshops by Eminent People Lectures by eminent people should be organized, say, once a week. It would give the students exposure to people who are eminent, in industry or engineering, in social service, or in public life. Alumni could be invited as well. Motivational lectures about life, meditation, etc. by Ramakrishna Mission, Art of Living, Vivekanand Kendras, S-VYASA, etc. may be organized. Workshops which rejuvenate or bring relief to students would also be welcome, such as, Art of Living workshops (3 sessions, 9 hours). 4.5. Visits in Local Area A couple of visits to the local landmarks including historical monuments should be organized. This would familiarize the students with the area together with bonding with each other, like in a picnic. Visits should also be organized to a hospital, orphanage or a village. These would expose them to people in suffering or to different lifestyles. This might also sensitize them to engineering needs in these areas. 4.6. Extra-Curricular Activities in College The new students should be introduced to the extra-curricular activities at the college/university. They should be shown the facilities and informed about activities related to different clubs etc. This is when selected senior students involved in or leading these activities can give presentations, under faculty supervision.
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
37 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
L T P C Hrs U20BST219 BASICS TEXTILE CHEMISTRY 3 0 0 3 45 Course Objectives • To explain organic compounds of textile industry • To explain various inorganic compounds used in textile industry • To explain polymers and polymerization in textile industry • To explain surfactants and finishing agents used in textile industry • To explain various material analysis methods Course Outcomes: After completion of the course, the students will be able to CO1. Understand the basics of organic chemistry and its role. (K2) CO2. Understand the basics of inorganic chemistry and its role. (K2) CO3. Understand the bleaching agents and impacts. (K2) CO4. Recognize the role applications of surfactants and catalysis in engineering and technology.(K3) CO5. Apply the various instrumental methods of analysis on numerous engineering materials and their significances. (K4)
UNIT I - ORGANIC COMPOUNDS FOR TEXTILE INDUSTRY (9 Hrs) Cellulose – structure of cellulose – structural aspects of cotton –waxes. Organic dyes – introduction – colour and chemical constitution – classification of dyes by structure – examples only– classification of dyes by methods of application – direct dyes – vat dyes – mordant dyes - azo dyes – disperse dyes – reactive dyes – examples only - chemistry of reactive dyes – Textile auxiliaries – dyeing auxiliaries – optical brighteners – printing auxiliaries – synthetic softeners – wetting agents.
UNIT II - INORGANIC COMPOUNDS FOR TEXTILE INDUSTRY (9 Hrs)
Zeolites – types – applications – ion exchange properties of pigments – white pigments- titanium dioxide – lithopone – zinc oxide – coloured pigments - iron oxide – ultramarine.
UNIT III CHEMICALS AND AUXILIARIES (9 Hrs) Bleaching agents – Oxidizing bleaching agents, sodium hypochlorite, hydrogen peroxide. Reducing bleaching agents- sulphur dioxide and sodium hyposulphite. Determination of strength of hydrogen peroxide.
UNIT IV - LAUNDRY REAGENTS (9 Hrs)
Laundry reagents: Soaps, detergents, cleaning action of soaps, indigenous cleaning agents, industrial cleaning agents, application of perchloroethylene, acetone and petrol. Study on modern cleaning agents.
UNIT V - STAIN REMOVAL AND STIFFENING (9 Hrs)
Stain Removal: Principles of stain removal, classification of stains and stain removers, various solvents for removing stains like blood, tea, rust, oil/grease, ink, candle wax, fruit juice, gum and other handling stains, stain removal procedure in garment industries.
Stiffening: Stiffening agents, purpose of stiffening and classification of stiffening agents, preparation and uses of stiffeners, steps in stiffening process.
Text Books
1. P.C.Jain and Monica Jain, “Engineering Chemistry” Dhanpat Rai Pub, Co., New Delhi, 2018 (17th Edition). 2. N. Panneer Selvam et al., “Chemistry For Textile Technologists – II” by Sonaversity, Sona College of Technology, Salem, 2019. B.Tech. Fashion Technology
38 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
Reference Books 1. O.G. Palanna “Engineering Chemistry” Tata McGraw-Hill Pub.Co.Ltd, New Delhi, 2017. 2. Kannan P., Ravikrishnan A., “Engineering Chemistry”, Sri Krishna Hi-tech Publishing Company Pvt. Ltd., Chennai, 2016. 3. H.K. Chopra, A. Parmer, “Chemistry for Engineers”, Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi, 110 002, 2016. 4. Gowariker V.R. , Viswanathan N.V. and Jayadev Sreedhar, “Polymer Science”, New Age International P (Ltd.,), Chennai, 2006 5. Gurdeep R. Chatwal, “Synthetic Organic Chemistry”, Himalaya Publishing House, Mumbai, 1994. 6. Dr. C.V. Koushik and Antao Irwin Josico, “Chemical Processing of Textiles Preparatory Processes and Dyeing”, NCUTE Publication, New Delhi – 110 016. 7. Dantyagi S., “Fundamentals of Textile and Their Care”, Oriental Longmans Ltd, New Delhi, 1996. 8. Noemia D’Souza, “Fabric Care”, New Age International (P) Ltd. Publishers, Chennai, 1998. 9. Shenai V. A., “Technology of Textile Finishing”, Sevak Publications, Bombay, 1995. 10. Davis, “Laundry and Clothing Care”, Drama Book Publishers, 1995.
Web References 1. http://uomtextiletech.blogspot.com/p/basic-textile-chemistry.html 2. https://www.allergystandards.com/news_events/chemicals-in-textiles-and-the-health-implications/ 3. https://www.fibre2fashion.com/industry-article/3373/organic-cotton-processing
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping Program Specific Program Outcomes (POs) COs Outcomes (PSOs) PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3 1 3 ------3 - - 2 3 - - 2 ------3 - - 3 2 2 - 2 ------2 - - 4 2 2 - 2 ------2 - - 5 2 2 ------1 - - Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 - High
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
39 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
L T P C Hrs U20EST253 APPLIED MECHANICS FOR TEXTILE TECHNOLOGISTS 3 0 0 3 45 Course Objectives • To understand the concept of forces and various laws related to force with basic principles, theorems and concepts of mechanics. • To understand the concepts like equilibrium, support reactions, friction. • To understand the moment of inertia and use of simple machines. • To study and analyse the effect of various types of forces on the bodies in static and dynamic conditions. • To interpret the concept of transmission of motion and power in various machines by using various drives and bearings used in textile machines. Course Outcomes: After completion of the course, the students will be able to CO1 - Understand the concept of forces and various laws related to force with basic principles, theorems and concepts of mechanics. (K2) CO2 - Understand the concepts like equilibrium, support reactions and friction. (K2) CO3 - Understand the moment of inertia and use of simple machines. (K2) CO4 - Analyses the effect of various types of forces on the bodies in static and dynamic conditions.(K3) CO5 - Interpret the concept of transmission of motion and power in various machines by using various drives and bearings used in textile machines(K3)
UNIT I - FUNDAMENTALS OF STATICS (9 Hrs) Statics, dynamics, Fundamental units of measurements, Metric system of units, SI. System, Scalar and Vector quantities. Force, system of forces, Resultant force and equilibriant, principle of transmissibility of force, moment of force. Couple, Law of parallelogram of forces, Varignon’s theorem, Composition and resolution of Coplanar concurrent and nonconcurrent forces.
UNIT II - EQUILIBRIUM (9 Hrs) Equilibrium of Coplanar forces, Conditions of equilibrium, free body diagram, Lami’s theorem. Friction:Introduction to friction, types of friction, Laws of friction. (No numerical examples on friction). Beams: Types of beams, Types of Loads, Types of supports, Analysis of Simply supported beams.
UNIT III - MOMENT OF INERTIA (13 Hrs) Centroid and Centre of gravity, Centroid of composite areas, Radius of gyration, parallel axis theorem, perpendicular axis theorem, Moment of inertia of composite sections. Mechanical advantage, velocity ratio, efficiency, law of machine, effort lost in friction, load lost in friction, Study and numerical examples on simple machines- Simple screw jack, Simple axle and wheel, differential axle and wheel, worm and worm wheel.
UNIT IV - KINEMATICS AND KINETICS (9 Hrs) Kinematics of Linear motion: Equations of linear motion with constant and variable acceleration, motion under gravity. Kinematics of Angular motion: Relation between angular motion & linear motion, Equations of angular motion, Centrifugal & centripetal forces, Motion along a curved path, Banking of roads. Kinetics: Newton’s laws of motion, Mass moment of inertia, D’Alemberts principle, work, power, energy, impulse, Work- Energy Principle, Impulse- Momentum Principle, Principle of conservation of energy.
UNIT V - TRANSMISSION OF MOTION AND POWER (6 Hrs) Belt, rope, chain and gear drives, P.I.V. drives, Type of gears and gear drives, Gear trains, velocity ratio, advantages of gear drives, uses in textile machines, Concept of epicyclic gearing. Types of bearing and their applications (Only theory, no numerical examples on this topic)
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
40 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020 Text Books: 1. Beer, F.P and Johnson Jr. E.R. “Vector Mechanics for Engineers (In SI Units): Statics and Dynamics”, 8th Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing company, New Delhi (2004) 2. Vela Murali, “Engineering Mechanics”, Oxford University Press (2010)
Reference Books: 1. Hibbeller, R.C and Ashok Gupta, “Engineering Mechanics: Statics and Dynamics”, 11th Edition, Pearson Education (2010). 2. Irving H. Shames and Krishna Mohana Rao. G., “Engineering Mechanics – Statics and Dynamics”, 4th Edition, Pearson Education (2006). 3. J. L. Meriam and L.G.Kraige, “Engineering Mechanics - Statics - Volume 1, Dynamics Volume 2,Third Edition, John Wiley & Sons, (1993). 4. Rajasekaran, S and Sankarasubramanian, G., “Engineering Mechanics Statics and Dynamics”, 3rd Edition, Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., (2005).
Web References 1. https://www.slideshare.net/sujay762/fundamentals-of-statics 2. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Statics 3. https://www.coursera.org/lecture/fe-exam/basic-concepts-wnaRU 4. https://www.merriam-webster.com/dictionary/equilibrium 5. https://www.slideshare.net/Digvijaysinhgohil/transmission-of-motion-and-power-75954636
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping Program Specific Program Outcomes (POs) COs Outcomes (PSOs) PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3 1 2 2 1 2 - 2 1 1 1 - 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 - 2 1 1 1 - 2 2 2 3 2 3 3 2 1 3 - 2 2 1 1 - 2 2 3 3 3 4 2 2 1 3 - 2 2 1 1 - 2 2 3 3 3 5 3 2 1 3 - 2 2 1 1 - 2 2 3 2 2 Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 - High
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
41 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
BASIC ENGINEERING GRAPHICS FOR TEXTILE L T P C Hrs U20EST254 DESIGNING 3 0 0 3 45 Course Objectives • To understand procedure for converting a pictorial view into orthographic view. • To understand procedure for converting an orthographic view in to isometric view. • To understand procedure for drawing Development and anti-developmentof solids such as cone, cylinder, prism and pyramid. • To study IS convections for various materials and mechanical elements,free hand sketches of various mechanisms used in textile machines. • To know the use of Auto- CAD Commands. Course Outcomes After completion of the course, the students will be able to CO1 - Draw orthographic views from a given pictorial view. (K2) CO2 - Draw isometric view from given orthographic views. (K2) CO3 - Draw Development and anti-development of solids such as cone, cylinder, prism and pyramid.(K3) CO4 - Draw IS convections for various materials and mechanical elements, free hand sketches of various mechanisms used in textile machines. (K3) CO5 - To write Commands for various entities in Auto-CAD. (K4)
UNIT 1 (9 Hrs) CONCEPTS AND CONVENTIONS (Not for Examination) Importance of graphics in engineering applications – Use of drafting instruments – BIS conventions and specifications – Size, layout and folding of drawing sheets – Lettering and dimensioning. ORTHOGRAPHIC PROJECTION: Principles of orthographic projection-projection of points, straight lines, planes and solids. Orthographic projection of simple engineering components – missing view exercises. Drawing orthographic projections of computer components.
UNIT 2 (9 Hrs) PICTORIAL PROJECTIONS: Principles of pictorial views, isometric view of simple engineering components. Orthographic views from given pictorial views. Isometric views from given two or three views. Drawing isometric views of typical electronic components.
UNIT 3 (9 Hrs) SECTION OF SOLIDS: Section of regular solids, types of sections, selection of section views. Sectional views of simple engineering components. Drawing sectional views of assemblies like electric motor, mobile phone.
UNIT 4 (9 Hrs) DEVELOPMENT OF SURFACES: Development of lateral surfaces of regular solids and truncated solids. Preparing parts like cubes, prisms, pyramids, cylinders, cones, tray, funnel, CPU housing using CAD software.
UNIT 5 (9 Hrs) TEXTILE MACHINE DESIGNING BY AUTO- CAD (2D/3D CAD software) Making sketches various textile machine parts used in spinning, weaving & Knitting Commands for drawing lines, circles, polygons, ellipse etc.
Text Books 1. Natrajan K.V., “A text book of Engineering Graphics”, Dhanalakshmi Publishers, Chennai, 2009. 2. Venugopal K.andPrabhu Raja V., “Engineering Graphics”, New Age International (P) Limited,2008.
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
42 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
Reference Books 1. Basant Agarwal and Agarwal C.M., “Engineering Drawing”, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi,2008. 2. Bhatt N.D. and Panchal V.M., “Engineering Drawing”, Charotar Publishing House, 50th Edition,2010. 3. Gopalakrishna K.R., “Engineering Drawing” (Vol. I&II combined), Subhas Stores, Bangalore,2007. 4. Luzzader, Warren.J. and Duff,John M., “Fundamentals of Engineering Drawing with an introduction to Interactive Computer Graphics for Design and Production, Eastern Economy Edition, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi,2005. 5. N S Parthasarathy And Vela Murali, “Engineering Graphics”, Oxford University, Press, New Delhi,2015. 6. Shah M.B., and Rana B.C., “Engineering Drawing”, Pearson, 2nd Edition,2009.
Web References 1. http://www.designamid.com/magazine.php?pageno=221 2. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Textile_design 3. https://www.slideshare.net/AniketSuryawanshi/sections-of-solids 4. https://www.slideshare.net/kashyapshah11/development-of-surfaces-of-solids 5. https://www.fibre2fashion.com/industry-article/5085/computer-aided-textile-designing
Special points applicable to End Semester Examinations on BASIC ENGINEERING GRAPHICS FOR TEXTILE DESIGNING: 1. There will be five questions, each of either or type covering all units of the syllabus. 2. All questions will carry equal marks of 20 each making a total of 100. 3. The answer paper shall consist of drawing sheets of A3 size only. The students will be permitted to use appropriate scale to fit solution within A3 size. The examination will be conducted in appropriate sessions on the same day
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping Program Specific Program Outcomes (POs) COs Outcomes (PSOs) PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3 1 3 - 1 - - 1 - - - 1 - 1 - 1 1 2 3 - 1 - - 2 - - - 1 - 2 - 1 1 3 3 - 2 - - 2 - - - 1 - 2 - 2 1 4 3 - 2 - - 2 - - - 1 - 2 - 2 1 5 3 - 2 - 2 2 - - - 1 - 3 - 2 1 Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 - High
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
43 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020 L T P C Hrs U20FTT203 BASICS OF YARN AND FABRIC MANUFACTURING 3 0 0 3 45 Course Objectives • To enable the students to learn about the basics of machines used in yarn formation • To learn the modern spinning system • To learn the yarn numbring system • To understand the different type of yarn production system • To learn basics cocept of machines used in fabric formation techniques. Course Outcomes (COs) After completion of the course, the students will be able to CO1 - Analyze the principles of preparatory process in spinning and comprehend their production and quality parameters. (K3) CO2 - Analyze the principles of modern spinning systems and comprehend their production and quality parameters. (K3) CO3 - Classify the different types of yarn numbering techniques. (K2) CO4 - Process sequence for producing different types of yarns(K3) CO5 - Explain the principles of fabric formation in looms and classify the types of fabrics produced in them. (K4)
UNIT I GINNING (9 Hrs) Ginning: Linear density systems for textile materials; Ginning – objectives, types, working principle and ginning performance on yarn quality.
UNIT II INTRODUCTION TO SPINNING (9 Hrs) Introduction to spinning: Process flow chart of conversion fibre into yarn. Objectives of each process. Passage of material through blow room, card, draw frame, speed frame, comber and ring frame machines.
UNIT III YARN NUMBRING (6 Hrs) Yarn- Types of Yarns, Its Classification and numbering system and classification
UNIT IV MODERN SPINNING SYSTEMS (9 Hrs) MODERN SPINNING SYSTEMS: Definition and Classification and its principle. Objectives and Principle of different spinning system – rotor, friction, air-jet and air vortex spinning machines ; core, wrap spinning system, comparison of yarn properties
UNIT V BASICS OF FABRIC PRODUCTION (12 Hrs) Woven fabric – warp, weft, weaving, path of warp; looms – classification, handloom and its parts, powerloom, automatic looms, shuttleless looms, special type of looms; preparatory machines for weaving process and their objectives; basic weaving mechanism - primary, secondary and auxiliary mechanisms; knitting – classification, principle, types of fabrics; nonwoven process – classification, principle, types of fabrics.
Text Books 1. Werner Klein , “The Rieter Manual of Spinning, Volume.1 – Technology of Short staple Spinning”, Rieter Machine Works Limited, Switzerland, 2008. 2. Werner Klein,“The Rieter Manual of Spinning, Volume.2 – Bloow room& Carding”, Rieter Machine Works Limited, Switzerland,2008. 3. Werner Klein,“The Rieter Manual of Spinning, Volume.3 – Spinning Preparation”, Rieter Machine Works Limited, Switzerland, 2008. 4. Vaidya A. A., “Production of Synthetic Fibres”, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi,1988 5. Nakasjima (English edition, edited by Kajiwara K. and McIntyre J. E.), “Advanced Fibre Spinning Technology”, Wood head Publication Ltd., England, 1994.
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
44 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
Reference Books 1. Oxtoby E., “Spun Yarn Technology “, Butterworth Publications, London, 1987 2. Lord P.R., “Yarn Production: Science, Technology and Economics”, The Textile Institute, Manchester, 1999 3. Shaw J., “Short-staple Ring Spinning, Textile Progress”, The Textile Institute, Manchester, 1982 4. Iredale J., “Yarn Preparation: A Handbook “, Intermediate Technology, 1992. 5. Ajgaonkar, D.B., “Sizing, Materials, Methods and Machines”, Textile Trade Press, Mumbai,1982. 6. “Weaving: The knowledge in Technology”, Papers Presented at the Textile Institute Weaving Conference 1998, Textile Institute, ISBN: 18770372182 7. Booth J.E., “Textile Mathematics Volume 3”, The Textile Institute, Manchester, 1977, ISBN: 090073924X 8. Lord P.R. and Mohamed M.H., “Weaving: Conversion of Yarn to Fabric”, Merrow, 1992, ISBN: 090409538X
Web References 1. https://www.cotton.org/pubs/cottoncounts/fieldtofabric/gin.cfm 2. https://www.onlineclothingstudy.com/2019/03/introduction-to-spinning-process-worsted.html 3. https://study.com/academy/lesson/what-is-spinning-in-textiles-definition-process.html 4. https://textilestudycenter.com/yarn-numbering-system/ 5. https://www.textileschool.com/246/basics-weaving-woven-fabrics/
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping Program Specific Program Outcomes (POs) COs Outcomes (PSOs) PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3 1 1 2 2 - 2 ------1 - - 2 1 1 2 - 2 ------1 - - 3 2 3 2 - 2 ------4 2 3 2 - 1 ------2 - - 5 2 2 2 - 2 ------2 - - Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 - High
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
45 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
L T P C Hrs U20FTT204 CONCEPTS OF FASHION AND DESIGN 3 0 0 3 45 Course Objectives • To explain the basic concepts of fashion design. • To explain and illustrate various elements of design. • To explain and illustrate various colour concepts. • To explain basic tools and equipment used for fashion drawing. • To explain drawing of human body by using 8, 10, 12 head measurements. Course Outcomes After completion of the course, the students will be able to CO1 - Work as a member of team and demonstrate practical applications of various elements and principles of art in fashion dress designing.(K4) CO2 - Choose appropriate design details to rectify body irregularities. (K2) CO3 - Use appropriate tools and equipments for fashion drawing. (K3) CO4 - Analyze and create 8- head, 10- head and 12- head figures. (K3) CO5 - Application of computer aided fashion in apparel industry. (K4)
UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO FASHION DESIGN (6 Hrs) Definition and meaning of design, aspects of design: structural, functional & decorative. Optical illusion and its role in fashion designing.
UNIT II ELEMENTS OF DESIGN (6 Hrs) Elements of Design –line, shape, form, size, colour, texture and pattern; principles of design - Harmony, Balance, Rhythm, Emphasis and Proportion; introducing elements and principles of design in apparels.
UNIT III COLOUR CONCEPTS (9 Hrs) Colour – definition; dimensions of colour-hue, value and intensity; colour categories and psychology - warm and cool colours; advancing and receding colours; colour theories – Prang colour system and Munsell colour system; colour harmonies.
UNIT IV FASHION CONCEPTS (12 Hrs) Fashion Terminology - Fashion, Fad, Trend, Classic, High Fashion, Mass Fashion. Fashion Cycle. Fashion theories – Trickle up, Trickle down and Trickle across theory. Art materials: features, advantages, limitations and applications. Pen and Ink Techniques. Wash Techniques. Figure drawing versus fashion illustration. 8- head, 10-head, 12-head female figure illustration. Male figure illustration.
UNIT V COMPUTER AIDED FASHION DESIGN (12 Hrs) Vector versus bitmap software. Tools, menus and workspace in Adobe Photoshop, Adobe Illustrator and CorelDraw. Bitmap software: Basic Photo Corrections, various selection techniques, layers, masking of layers, colour applications, filters, etc. Vector Software: working with pen, freehand tools, text, colour and texture, mesh tools, blend tool, interactive fill tools, and tracing bitmaps.
Text Books: 1. Suzanne G. Marshall and Hazel O. Jackson, “Individuality in Clothing and Personal Appearance”, Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 2000, ISBN: 0023622008 / ISBN: 978- 0023622007. 2. Kathryn McKelvey and Janine Munslow, “Fashion Design: Process, Innovation and Practice”, Blackwell Publishing, USA, 2005, ISBN: 978-0-470-65577-1. 3. Angel Fernandez and Gabriel Martin Roig, “Drawing for fashion designers”, Anova books company ltd., UK, 2007, ISBN: 0713490756 / ISBN: 978-0713490756. 4. G.J. Sumathi , “Elements of Fashion and Apparel Design”, 2002, New Age International (P) Ltd. ISBN: 8122413714. 5. John Hopkins, Fashion Design: The Complete Guide, 2012, AVA Book Production Pvt. Ltd. ISBN: 9782940411528. B.Tech. Fashion Technology
46 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
Reference Books: 1. Diane T. and Cassidy T., “Colour forecasting”, Blackwell Publishing, 2005, ISBN: 1405121203 / ISBN: 978-1405121200. 2. Elaine Stone and Jean A. Samples, “Fashion Merchandising”, McGraw-Hill Book Company, 1985, ISBN: 0070617422. 3. Elizabeth Rouse, “Understanding Fashion”, Blackwell Scientific Publication, Oxford, 1989, ISBN: 0632018917 / ISBN: 9780632018918. 4. Harold Carr, “Fashion Design and Product Development”, John Wiley and Sons Inc., NewYork,1992, ISBN: 978-0-632-02893. 5. Marian L. Davis, “Visual Design and Dress”, Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 1996, ISBN: 0131121294 / ISBN: 978-0131121294.
Web References 1. https://www.slideshare.net/simiraaj/introduction-on-fashion-designing-concepts-in-fashion 2. https://www.universalclass.com/i/course/fashion-design-101.htm 3. https://purushu.com/2010/08/elements-of-design-in-fashion.html 4. https://inifdahmedabad.com/blog/importance-of-cad-in-fashion-industry/
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping Program Specific Program Outcomes (POs) COs Outcomes (PSOs) PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3 1 3 3 3 ------3 3 - 2 3 3 3 2 - - - 2 - - - 2 3 2 - 3 3 3 ------2 - - 4 3 3 2 2 ------2 - 2 5 3 2 3 ------2 - - - - 2 Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
47 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
L T P C Hrs U20FTT205 FABRIC SURFACE DESIGN 2 0 1 3 45 Course Objectives • To understand the importance of Surface ornamentation • To understand Indian Traditional embroideries • To teach and train the students the basics of hand and machine embroidery. • To impart knowledge on various types of hand and machine embroidery stitches.
Fabric Surface Design Course Outcomes After completion of the course, the students will be able to CO1 - Describe the importance of Surface ornamentation. (K2) CO2 - Describe the importance of Traditional embroideries. (K3) CO3 - Attain knowledge on the tools and techniques used in embroidery(K4) CO4 - Identify the different hand embroidery stitches used in Indian traditional embroidery. (K3) CO5 - Recognize the processes involved in the machine and computerized embroidery. (K3)
UNIT I SURFACE ORNAMENTATION (6 Hrs) Surface ornamentation - introduction and importance, various methods and techniques, factors influencing the selection of ornamentations. Tools and equipment required.
UNIT II HAND STITCHES (10 Hrs) Hand Embroidery - selection of needle, thread and fabric, design transferring methods. Stitch classification - temporary stitches and permanent stitches. Temporary stitches - basting even, basting uneven, diagonal and slip basting. Permanent stitches - running stitches, hemming, slip stitch, run and back stitch, over casting and whip stitch.
UNIT III TRADITIONAL EMBROIDERY (9 Hrs) Traditional embroideries of India – Phulkari of Punjab, Kasuti of Karnataka, Kashida of Kashmiri, Kutch work of Gujarath, Chikankari of Uttar Pradesh and Kantha of Bengal. Tribal embroideries- Toda, Banjara, Assam - Motif designs, fabric, colours and threads and materials used for embroidery.
UNIT IV MACHINE EMBROIDERY (8 Hrs) Machine embroidery - basic principles and operation, types of stitches, developments in embroidery machines. Selection of fabrics and accessories for machine embroidery.
UNIT V COMPUTERIZED EMBROIDERY (12 Hrs) Computerized embroidery machines - principles, types, special attachments and software used. Single and multi-head embroidery machine - parts, functions and features. Production Process – Concept of designing, punching, digitizing, special effects, networking. Selection of thread, color and stitches. Quality and production control.
Text Books: 1. Shailaja D. Naik, “Traditional Embroideries of India”, API Publishing Corporation, New Delhi, 2010. 2. Shailaja D. Naik and A. Jacquie Wilson, “Surface Designing of Textile Fabrics”, New Age International, 2006.
Reference Books: 1. Joan Nicholson, “Contemporary Embroidery Design”, Read Books, 2011 2. Mildred Graves Ryan, Marta Cone, “The Complete Encyclopedia of Stitchery”, Sterling Publishing Company, 2005. 3. Gail Lawther, “Inspirational Ideas for Embroidery on Clothes and Accessories”, Search Press Ltd., 1993.
Web References 1. https://thedesigncart.com/blogs/news/surface-ornamentation-history-and-types 2. https://www.yourlibaas.com/blogs/fashion/10-traditional-embroideries-of-india 3. https://www.thesprucecrafts.com/learn-stitches-and-hand-sewing-projects-2978472 B.Tech. Fashion Technology
48 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020 4. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Machine_embroidery 5. http://sewingmachinebuffs.com/what-is-computerized-embroidery/
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping Program Specific Program Outcomes (POs) COs Outcomes (PSOs) PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3 1 2 1 - - - 2 - - 3 - - - - 2 - 2 2 1 - - - 2 - - 3 - - - - 2 - 3 2 1 - - - 2 - - 3 - - - - 2 - 4 2 1 - - - 2 - - 3 - - - - 2 - 5 2 1 - - - 2 - - 3 - - - - 2 - Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
49 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
L T P C Hrs U20ESP255 BASIC ENGINEERING GRAPHICS FOR TEXTILE LAB 0 0 2 1 30 Course Objectives • To develop graphic skills for communication of concepts, ideas and design of engineering products. • To expose the various design of fashion • To explose the barnd design creation • To expose them to standardized technical drawings. • To extend the skill to use software for creating 2D and 3D models.
Course Outcomes After completion of the course, the students will be able to CO1 - Familiarize with the fundamentals and standards of engineering graphics CO2 - Perform freehand sketching of basic geometrical constructions and multiple views of objects. CO3 - Plan orthographic projections of lines and plane surfaces. CO4 - Draw projections, solids and development of surfaces. CO5 - Visualize the project isometric and perspective sections of simple solids. CO6 - Draft software packages for drafting and modelling. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS 1. Study of capabilities of software for Drafting and Modeling – Coordinate systems (absolute, relative, polar, etc.) – Creation of simple figures like polygon and general multi-line figures. 2. Drawing of a Title Block with necessary text and projection symbol. 3. Drawing of curves like parabola, spiral, involute using Bspline or cubic spline. 4. Drawing of front view and top view of simple solids like prism, pyramid, cylinder, cone, etc., andDimensioning. 5. Drawing front view, top view and side view of objects from the given pictorial views (eg. Vblock,Base of a mixie, Simple stool, Objects with hole and curves). 6. Drawing of a plan of residential building (Two bed rooms, kitchen, hall, etc.) 7. Drawing of a simple steel truss. 8. Drawing sectional views of prism, pyramid, cylinder, cone, etc, 9. Drawing isometric projection of simple objects. 10. Creation of 3-D models of simple objects and obtaining 2-D multi-view drawings from 3-Dmodel. Note: Plotting of drawings must be made for each exercise and attached to the records written byStudents. Reference Books 1. James D. Bethune, Engineering Graphics with AutoCAD A Spectrum book 1st Edition, Macromedia Press, Pearson, 2020 2. NS Parthasarathy and Vela Murali, Engineering Drawing, Oxford university press, 2015. 3. M.B Shah, Engineering Graphics, ITL Education Solutions Limited, Pearson Education Publication, 2011 4. Bhatt N.D and Panchal V.M, Engineering Drawing: Plane and Solid Geometry, Charotar Publishing House, 2017. 5. Jeyapoovan T, Engineering Drawing and Graphics Using AutoCAD, 7th Edition, Vikas Publishing House Pvt Ltd., New Delhi, 2016 6. C M Agrawal, Basant Agrawal, Engineering Graphics,McGraw Hill, 2012 7. Dhananjay A. Jolhe, Engineering Drawing: With An Introduction To CAD McGraw Hill, 2016 8. James Leach, AutoCAD 2017 Instructor, SDC Publications, 2016.
Web References 1. http://vlabs.iitb.ac.in/vlabs-dev/labs/mit_bootcamp/egraphics_lab/labs/index.php
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
50 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping Program Specific Program Outcomes (POs) COs Outcomes (PSOs) PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3 1 3 - 1 - - - - 2 2 - - 2 - 1 2 2 3 - 1 - - - - 2 2 - - 2 - 2 2 3 3 - 1 - - - - 2 2 - - 2 - 3 3 4 3 - 1 - - - - 2 2 - - 2 - 3 3 5 3 - 1 - - - - 2 2 - - 2 - 2 2 6 3 - 1 - 2 - - 2 2 - - 2 - 2 2 Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 - High
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
51 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
L T P C Hrs U20FTP202 TEXTILE MANUFACTURING LAB 0 0 2 1 30 Course Objectives • To enable the students to learn technology of yarn manufacturing • To enable the students to handle spinning machines for effective operation • To enable th student to learn technology of fabric manufacturing • To handle the weaving machines for various components • To train the students on different mechanisms of various weaving mechanism Course Outcomes After completion of the course, the students will be able to CO1 – Manufacture yarn using the sequence of Blowroom, Carding, Drawing and Spinning.(k2) CO2 - Understand the material passage in the machine gearing diagram. (k2) CO3 - Identify the components of spinning and weaving machines (k3) CO4 - Calculate draft, twist and production rate of spinning machines(k3) CO5 - Understand the mechanism of weaving machine(k2)
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS 1. Study on working of Opening Machine machine in Blowroom line 2. Study on working of Mixing and Blending Machines . 3. Study on working of Carding. 4. Study on working of Draw frame. 5. Study on working of Comber. 6. Study on working of Speed frame. 7. Study on working of Ring frame and Rotor spinning. 8. Determination of yarn type, linear density and twist 9. Study and fabric development in shuttle looms – Non- Automatic 10. Study and fabric development in shuttle looms – Automatic looms. 11. Study and fabric development in shuttle looms – Terry weaving 12. Study and fabric development in shuttleless looms – Flexible rapier 13. Study and fabric development in shuttleless looms – Air Jet 14. Practice on designs development in Jacquard looms and fabric development.
Reference Books 1. Laboratory Manual prepared by the Department of Fashion Technology, 2020. 2. Werner Klein , “The Rieter Manual of Spinning, Volume.1 – Technology of Short staple Spinning”, Rieter Machine Works Limited, Switzerland, 2008. 3. Werner Klein,“The Rieter Manual of Spinning, Volume.2 – Bloow room& Carding”, Rieter Machine Works Limited, Switzerland,2008. 4. Werner Klein,“The Rieter Manual of Spinning, Volume.3 – Spinning Preparation”, Rieter Machine Works Limited, Switzerland, 2008. 5. Vaidya A. A., “Production of Synthetic Fibres”, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi,1988 6. Nakasjima (English edition, edited by Kajiwara K. and McIntyre J. E.), “Advanced Fibre Spinning Technology”, Wood head Publication Ltd., England, 1994.
Web References 1. https://www.cotton.org/pubs/cottoncounts/fieldtofabric/gin.cfm 2. https://www.onlineclothingstudy.com/2019/03/introduction-to-spinning-process-worsted.html 3. https://study.com/academy/lesson/what-is-spinning-in-textiles-definition-process.html 4. https://textilestudycenter.com/yarn-numbering-system/ 5. https://www.textileschool.com/246/basics-weaving-woven-fabrics/
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
52 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020 COs/POs/PSOs Mapping Program Specific Program Outcomes (POs) COs Outcomes (PSOs) PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3 1 3 2 ------2 - 1 2 - - 2 3 2 ------2 - 1 2 - - 3 3 2 ------2 - 1 2 - - 4 3 2 ------2 - 1 2 - - 5 3 2 ------2 - 1 2 - - Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 - High
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
53 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
L T P C Hrs U20FTP203 FASHION AND DESIGN CONCEPTS LAB 0 0 2 1 30 Course Objectives • To explain and illustrate various elements of design • To explain and illustrate various principles of design • To explain basic tools and equipment used for fashion drawing. • To explain drawing of human body by using 8, 10, 12 head measurements. • To explain Photoshop and Corel draw Course Outcomes After completion of the course, the students will be able to CO1 - Work as a member of team and demonstrate practical applications of various elements and principles of art in fashion dress designing. (K3) CO2 - Choose appropriate design details to rectify body irregularities. (K4) CO3 - Use appropriate tools and equipments for fashion drawing. (K4) CO4 - Analyze and create 8- head, 10- head and 12- head figures. (K4) CO5 - Analyze and create various design by Photoshop and Corel draw (K4)
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS 1. To study elements of design. 2. Development of a color wheel - Primary, Secondary and Tertiary colours , Neutral , warm colours, cool colours 3. To study psychological characteristics of colors. 4. To study tint, shade & tone of color. 5. Development of various textures. 6. To study principles of design. 7. Drawing of human body with the help of 8 head theory of body Measurements. 8. Drawing of human body with the help of 10 head theory of body Measurements. 9. Drawing of human body with the help of 12 head theory of body Measurements 10. Study tools, menus and workspace of Adobe Photoshop. 11. Study tools, menus and workspace of Adobe Illustrator. 12. Study tools, menus and workspace of CorelDraw.
Reference Books 1. Laboratory Manual prepared by the Department of Fashion Technology, 2020
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping Program Specific Program Outcomes (POs) COs Outcomes (PSOs) PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3 1 - - 3 - 3 - - - - 2 - - 2 1 - 2 - 2 3 ------2 - - 2 1 - 3 - 2 3 - 3 - - 2 - 2 - - 2 1 - 4 - - 3 - 3 - - 2 - 2 - - 2 - 1 5 - - 3 ------2 3 - 2 - 1 Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
54 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
L T P C Hrs U20FTC2XX CERTIFICATION COURSES II 0 0 4 - 50
Students shall choose an International certification course offered by the reputed organizations like Google, Microsoft, IBM, Texas Instruments, Bentley, Autodesk, Eplan and CISCO, etc. The duration of the course is 40-50 hours specified in the curriculum, which will be offered through Centre of Excellence.
Pass /Fail will be determined on the basis of participation, attendance, performance and completion of the course. If a candidate Fails, he/she has to repeat the course in the subsequent years. Pass in this course is mandatory for the award of degree.
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
55 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
SKILL DEVELOPMENT COURSE 1 L T P C Hrs U20FTS201 (Choose anyone of the below three courses) 0 0 2 - 30
1. DEVELOPMENT OF FASHION MODEL
Course Content: 1. Creating products or designs based on the principles and elements of design 2. Design a garment or a product by draping or flat pattern making or by using hands on skill or stitching to construct the product to meet desired specification 3. Elements and principles of design 4. Process of motif development 5. Thematic process of motif development 6. Application of design concepts in fabrics and fashion products. 7. Portfolio of accessory materials 8. Introduction to traditional and contemporary designs 9. Product development portfolio with the designs created for apparel and interiors 10. Sketching of Indian jewellery: Mughal Jewellery, Thewa, Kundan Jewellery, Temple Jewellery and construction of contemporized design inspired by traditional Indian jewellery. 11. Sketching of accessories on women and mencroqui. 12. Sketching of accessories on men and mencroqui. 13. Sketching of accessories on children’s and mencroqui.
2. COLOUR AND FASHION
Course Content: 1. COLOUR THEORY: Primary, secondary, tertiary, and colour wheel 2. COLOUR KNOWLEDGE: Colour and light, colour and vision, Colour terminologies – hue, intensity, value, colour temperature, undertones, neutrals, clash, metamerism 3. COLOUR PHYSICS: Light, light sources and light interactions, nature of colours, types of colorants and observers, measurement of colour, systems of standardized tristimulus values, color qualities, colorimetry and the cie system, colour order systems, colour spaces, colour difference and colour scales, colour in visual displays, colour and composition, pattern of colour 4. COLOUR PSYCHOLOGY AND LANGUAGE: colour psychology: colour psychology to everyday life, psychological effects of cool colours, psychological effects of warm colours, psychology of colour for advertising and marketing, common psychological effects of colours. 5. COLOR LANGUAGE : Color symbolism, color naturalism, color for fashion, art and interior design, colors in contemporary life, affective value of color, attention value of color, communicating in colour, perceptions of colour – physical factors, colour names, colour as light, colour as pigment, colour and print 6. COLOUR HARMONY: Early colour theory and evolution of colour wheel – goethe and colour perception, cherreul‘s expanded colour wheel, colour theory - contemporary colour theory – munsell, itten and alters colour wheel, building subtractive colour wheel.
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
56 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
3. DESIGN AND DATA COLLECTION
1. Preparation of colour palette from various sources. 2. Collection of different textures 3. Preparing a design collection for the following: Men‘s wear – Formal, casual and party wears Women‘s wear - Formal, casual and party wears Kids wear - Formal, casual and party wears 4. Collection of Indian designer‘s profile and designs. 5. Collection of International designer‘s profile and designs. 6. Collection of fashion accessories 7. Portfolio styles and presentation
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
57 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020 L T P C Hrs U20FTM202 ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE 2 0 0 0 30
We as human being are not an entity separate from the environment around us rather we are a constituent seamlessly integrated and co-exist with the environment around us. We are not an entity so separate from the environment that we can think of mastering and controlling it rather we must understand that each and every action of ours reflects on the environment and vice versa. Ancient wisdom drawn from Vedas about environment and its sustenance reflects these ethos. There is a direct application of this wisdom even in modern times. Idea of an activity based course on environment protection is to sensitize the students on the above issues through following two type of activities.
(a) Awareness Activities: i. Small group meetings about water management, promotion of recycle use, generation of less waste, avoiding electricity waste ii. Slogan making event iii. Poster making event iv. Cycle rally v. Lectures from experts
(b) Actual Activities: i) Plantation ii) Gifting a tree to see its full growth iii) Cleanliness drive iv) Drive for segregation of waste v) To live some big environmentalist for a week or so to understand his work vi) To work in kitchen garden for mess vii) To know about the different varieties of plants viii) Shutting down the fans and ACs of the campus for an hour or so
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
58 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
OPERATIONS RESEARCH AND L T P C Hrs U20BST327 STATISTICAL METHODS 2 2 0 3 60 COURSE OBJECTIVES • To know the formulation and solution of LPP • To learn the optimization technique to the transportation and assignment problems • To acquire knowledge in project management problems • To understand the application of testing of hypothesis • To gain knowledge about distributions. Course Outcomes After completion of the course, students will be able to CO1- solve the linear programming problem using suitable methods.(K3) CO2 - Apply the optimization technique to the transportation and assignment problems. (K3) CO3 - Analyze project management problems using project evaluation and review technique and critical path method.(K2) CO4 - Test the hypothesis for proportions, mean and standard deviation using test. (K3) CO5 - Test the significance of the hypothesis using and distributions. (K2)
UNIT – I LINEAR PROGRAMMING PROBLEM (12 Hrs) Linear programming problem - Mathematical formulation – Graphical solution method – Canonical and standard forms of Linear Programming Problem – Simplex method (using slack variables only) – Use of artificial variables – Big-M method. UNIT – II TRANSPORTATION AND ASSIGNMENT PROBLEMS (12 Hrs) Transportation problem – Initial basic feasible solution – North west corner rule – Least cost method – Vogel’s approximation method – Modified distribution method – Assignment problem – Hungarian method UNIT – III NETWORK ANALYSIS (12 Hrs) Project evaluation and review technique – Critical path method – Cost considerations in project evaluation and review technique and critical path method. UNIT – IV TESTING OF SIGNIFICANCE FOR LARGE SAMPLES (12 Hrs) Parameter and statistic – Null and alternative hypothesis – Errors in sampling, critical region and level of significance – One tailed and two tailed tests – Testing of hypothesis for proportions, mean, and standard deviation using test. UNIT – V EXACT SAMPLING DISTRIBUTIONS (12 Hrs) tests for independence of attributes, goodness of fit – test for population variance – test for single mean, difference between means and paired test and test for variance
Text Books: 1. P. K. Gupta and D. S. Hira, “Problems in Operation Research”, Sultan Chand and Sons Publishers, 4th Edition, 2015. 2. T. Veerarajan, “Probability, Statistics and Random Processes with Queueing Theory and Queueing Networks”, McGraw Hill Publishers, 4th Edition (7th reprint), 2018.
Reference books: 1. H. A. Taha, “Operation Research: An Introduction”, Pearson Publishers, 9th Edition, 2014. 2. S. P. Gupta, “Statistical Methods”, Sultan Chand and Sons Publishers, 15th Edition, 2012. 3. S. C. Gupta, V. K. Kapoor, “Fundamentals of Mathematical Statistics”, Sultan Chand and Sons Publishers, 11th Edition (Reprint), 2019. 4. R. A. Johnson and C. B. Gupta, “Miller and Freund’s, “Probability and Statistics for Engineers”, Pearson Publishers, 9th Edition, 2018. 5. S. Ross, “A first course in probability”, Pearson Publishers, 9th Edition, 2019. 6. P. G. Hoel, S. C. Port and C. J. Stone, “Introduction to Probability Theory”, Universal Book Stall Publishers, (Reprint), 2003. B.Tech. Fashion Technology
59 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
Web Resources 1. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/313880623 2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/117/103/117103017/ 3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/111/107111107128/ 4. https://youtu.be/MrOwmSYqkiE 5. https://youtu.be/4U3B5lr-MqM
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping
Program Specific Program Outcomes (POs) COs Outcomes (PSOs) PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3 1 3 3 3 2 - 1 ------2 3 3 3 2 - 1 ------3 3 3 3 2 - 1 - - - - 2 1 - - - 4 3 3 3 2 ------2 1 - - - 5 2 3 3 2 ------2 - - - - Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
60 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
L T P C Hrs U20FTT306 FASHION ILLUSTRATION 3 0 0 3 45
Course Objectives • Explain difference between real and fashion figure proportions. • Demonstrate the fashion fantasy. • Demonstrate drawing of female, male and children fashion figures. • Demonstrate rendering of garments and accessories. • Describe flats and specs for women, men, and children.
Course Outcomes After completion of the course, the students will be able to CO1 - Explain rules of fashion figure proportions.(K3) CO2 - Explain the photograph and fashion fantasy (K3) CO3 - Draw fashion figures. (K4) CO4 - Illustrate various types of fabrics and garments with appropriate draping & rendering technique. (K4) CO5 - Draw technical drawings for women, men, and children garments. (K4)
UNIT 1. FIGURE PROPORTIONS: (9 Hrs) Greek rules of body proportions. Golden Mean, Real Figure versus fashion figure. 8 head theory, 10 head theory and 12 Head Theory. Robotised fashion figure. Tone mannequins. Fleshing out. Profile figure, Three- quarter turned figure. Proportional analysis of head and facial features: eyes, nose, mouth and ear. Hairstyles. Structural analysis of arm, hand, and leg.
UNIT 2. PHOTOGRAPH TO FASHION FANTASY: (9 Hrs) Drawing from photographs: balance line, movement and balance, importance of center front, and angles. Attitude in poses. Stylization. Rotation and counter rotation of body. Multiple poses with a fixed upper body. Models on catwalk. Focus techniques: full shot, medium shot, knee shot, waist shot, close-up, extreme close- up and detail shot.
UNIT 3. DRAWING MALE & KIDS FIGURE: (9 Hrs) Figure Proportions features of Female, male figure, male facial features versus female facial features, figure, drawing male figures, female figures. Figure Analysis- Types of figure Drawing hairstyle, difference between male and female figure gestures. Proportions as per children’s age groups: Infants, Toddlers, Child, Teen.
UNIT 4. CLOTHED FIGURE: (9 Hrs) Draping of folds on clothed figure. Basic body movements and main types of fabric folds: S-shaped, trap & closure, radial, direct thrust, flying & organ-pipe, compressed, fragmented, angular, and hanging folds. Flounces and ruffles. Flat folds and pleats. Giving volume to folds. Lacing & drawstrings.
UNIT 5. RENDERING AND TECHNICAL DRAWING OF GARMENTS: (9 Hrs) Rendering skin tone. Rendering materials like denim, chiffon, satin, taffeta, gouache, gauze, net, velvet, knits, fur, silk, wool, etc. Rendering black garments. Rendering hairs. Rendering accessories: hats, shoes, scarves, bags, belts, gloves, sunglasses, etc. Tailor’s dummy. Size measurement. Production or specification sheet. Fit & Silhouettes. Flats for women. Flats for men. Flats for children.
Text Books: 1. Fashion Illustration, Anna Kiper, David & Charles Book, 2011 2. Fashion Illustration Children, Patric, John Ireland, BT Bastford Ltd, 2005 3. Vandana Bhenderi, “Costume, Textiles and Jewellery of India – Traditions in Rajasthan”, Prakash Books, New Delhi, 2004.
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
61 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020 4. Fashion Sketchbook by BinaAbling (2012), Bloomsbury Publishing India Private Limited. ISBN: 1609012283. 5. Illustrating Fashion: Concept to Creation by Steven Stipelman (2010), Fairchild Books. ISBN: 1563678306. 6. Illustrating Fashion by Kathryn McKelvey and Janine Munslow (2007), Wiley Blackwell Publication. ISBN: 1405139528.
Reference Books 1. Figure Drawing for Fashion Design by ElisabettaDrudi (2010), The Pepin Press. ISBN: 9054961503. 2. Figure Drawing for Men's Fashion by ElisabettaDrudi (2014), The Pepin Press. ISBN: 9054961554. 3. Fabric Texture and Patterns by ElisabettaDrudi (2008), The Pepin Press. ISBN: 9057681129. 4. Fashion Drawing: The basic principles by Anne Allen and Julian Seaman (2003), Batsford. ISBN: 0713470968. 5. Rendering Fashion, Fabric and Prints With Adobe Photoshop by Steve Greenberg and M. K. Colussy (2007), Pearson Education. ISBN: 8131709973. 6. Fashion Artist: Drawing Techniques to Portfolio Presentation by Sandra Burke (2013), Burke Publishing. ISBN: 0958273383. 7. Fashion Design Drawing and Presentation by Patrick John (1982), Batsford Ltd. ISBN: 0713435194. 8. Fashion Design Illustration (Women) by Patrick John (1993), Batsford Ltd. ISBN: 0713466227. 9. Fashion Design Illustration (Men) by Patrick John (1996), Batsford Ltd. ISBN:0713466235.
Web References 1. https://www.illustrationhistory.org/essays/fashion-illustration-from-the-16th-century-to-now 2. https://www.digitalartsonline.co.uk/features/illustration/22-fashion-illustration-techniques/ 3. https://medium.com/iskn/fashion-illustration-basics-5be0b2216da6
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping Program Specific Program Outcomes (POs) COs Outcomes (PSOs) PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3 1 3 2 - - - - - 2 - - - 2 3 2 - 2 3 2 - - - 2 - 2 - - - 2 3 2 - 3 3 1 - - - - - 2 - - - 1 3 2 - 4 3 1 - - - 2 - 2 - - - 1 2 2 2 5 3 1 - - - - - 2 - - - 2 2 2 2 Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 - High
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
62 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
L T P C Hrs U20FTT307 PATTERN ENIGINEERING-I 3 0 0 3 45 Course Objectives • To understand fundamentals of basic pattern making. • To explain procedure for designing with darts. • To explain draft manipulation. • To develop the patterns for garment components. • To describe different types of garment closures. Course Outcomes After completion of the course, the students will be able to CO1 - Define the various pattern making tools and Develop basic five piece pattern set (K2) CO2 - Explain the basic principles of pattern set. (K2) CO3 - Explain dart manipulation techniques and dart designing. (K4) CO4 - Illustrate and create the patterns for sleeve, collar, pockets, yokes and plackets (K4) CO5 - Describe and interpret garment closures and neckline finishing(K4)
UNIT I BASIC PATTERN MAKING: (9 Hrs) Patternmaking Essentials for the Workroom, Anthropometric Measurements, Function of Pattern Making Tools, Pattern Making Terms, Model form and measurements, Measurement Taking – Size chart and Measuring of Sizes. Concepts of seam allowance & production patterns
UNIT II DRAFTING OF BASIC PATTERN SET: (6 Hrs) Basic dress foundation, front and back bodice block, front and back skirt and sleeve, testing of fitting of basic blocks & correction.
UNIT III DART MANIPULATION: (9 Hrs) Introduction to darts and flat pattern making, Techniques of dart manipulation, Pivotal method & Slash & Spread method, Dart terminology, creating styles through dart manipulation.
UNIT IV DESIGNING WITH DARTS: (6 Hrs) Introduction, Tuck darts, pleats, flares, gathers fullness, Dart clusters & dart equivalents, multiple darts. Importance of drill hole marks in the darts.
UNIT V DRAFTING OF GARMENT COMPONENTS: (15 Hrs) SLEEVES: Introduction, sleeve terminologies, dart less sleeve pattern, adaptations for various types. COLLARS: Introduction, collar terms, collar classification, basic shirt collar foundation, collar variations. YOKES: Yokes for bodice, gathers, yokes design variations, gathers, flanges, pleat tucks & pin tucks. PLACKETS: Pointed placket with facing-in-one, wing collar placket, slit opening with placket. POCKETS: Pocket classification, outside pockets, seam pocket, jeans pocket, accordion pockets, stylized outside pockets, and pocket with hidden side seam. Application of zippers-fly, kissing lap, button & button holes, hooks, and eye snaps. Velcro, eyelets, cords. Cuffs – Contoured cuffs, Roll-up Cuffs.
Text Books: 1. Halen Josep Armstrong “Pattern Making for Fashion Design” 5 th Edition, Pretence Hall, New Jercey , 2014. 2. Claire Schaeffer, “The Complete Book of Sewing Shortcuts”, Sterling Publishing(NY), 2009 3. Le Pechoux B and Ghosh T K , ― Apparel Sizing and Fit‖, Textile Progress, Volume 32, The Textile Institute, Manchester, 2002.
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
63 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
Reference Books 1. Pattern making for fashion design by Helen Joseph Armstrong fifth edition, Pearson Education, Inc. ISBN-10: 0-13-606934-7 2. Pattern grading for women’s clothes by Gerry Cooklin, Blackwell Publishing. ISBN 0-632-05692-4 3. Metric pattern cutting for women’s wear by Winifred Aldrich, Blackwell Publishing. 5th edition, ISBN: 978- 1-118-37205-0 4. Metric pattern cutting for men’s wear by Winifred Aldrich, Blackwell Publishing. 5th edition, ISBN 978-81- 265-3241-4 5. The art of fashion draping by connieamaden-crawford, third edition, Fairchild Publications, Inc. ISBN 81- 8710-7359 6. Draping for fashion design by Hilde Jaffe and NurieRelis, fourth edition, Pearson Education, Inc. ISBN 978-81-317-2696-9
Web References 1. https://www.nationalskillsnetwork.in/importance-of-pattern-making-in-fashion-and-apparel-design/ 2. https://ecoleholtcouture.wordpress.com/2014/04/11/pattern-cutting-pattern-making-pattern- engineering/ 3. https://www.fibre2fashion.com/industry-article/5658/basics-of-pattern-making 4. https://www.shiksha.com/design/fashion-design/articles/fashion-apparel-engineering-scope-career- options-blogId-8063
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping Program Specific Program Outcomes (POs) COs Outcomes (PSOs) PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3 1 3 2 - - 3 - - - 1 1 - - 3 - - 2 3 2 ------1 1 - - 3 2 - 3 3 - 3 - 2 - - - 1 1 - - 2 - 2 4 3 - 3 - 2 - - - 1 1 - - 2 2 - 5 3 3 ------1 1 - - 1 1 - Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 - High
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
64 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
L T P C Hrs U20FTT308 FABRIC STRUCTURE AND DESIGN 3 0 0 3 45 Course Objectives • Explain construction and application of various compound fabrics. • Explain twilled fabric effect • Explain color and weave effect. • Describe concepts of Fabric Engineering. • Explain application and principle of gauze and leno.
Course Outcomes After completion of the course, the students will be able to CO1 - Explain the fabric classification and cloth geometry. (K3) CO2 - Analyze and construct compound fabrics. (K3) CO3 - Demonstrate color and weave effect. (K4) CO4 - Describe concepts of Fabric Engineering. (K3) CO5 - Describe construction of gauze and leno. (K3)
UNIT I (9 Hrs) Fabric engineering: fabric classification as per structure - yarn diameter, cloth cover, cloth geometry of plain & twill fabrics, practical applications of cloth geometry and cover factor.
UNIT II (9 Hrs) Bedford cords: plain faced - twill faced. Wadded - modifications. Welt piques: wadded piques - Loose back and fast back welts and piques, waved pique.
UNIT III (9 Hrs) Colour and weave effects: Examples of simple colour and weave effects, Stripe & check weave combination. Backed Fabrics: Warp and Weft back, wadded backed fabric. Extra warp and extra weft figuring. Extra warp and extra weft figuring with two colours.
UNIT IV (9 Hrs) Double cloth: Object, Classification: - self stitched - face to back - back to face -Combination face to back and back to face stitched double cloth. Wadded double cloth - weft and warp Wadded double cloth - Center Warp & Weft Stitched double cloth. Interchanging double cloths, multilayer fabrics, open to double & triple width & tubular fabrics.
UNIT V (9 Hrs) Warp pile produced by - terry weaves, Face to face weaving, wire insertion methods. Weft pile: plain back - twill back velveteen, corduroy, Weft plush, Length, density and fastness of pile. Gauze & Leno: Principles, basic sheds, leno with flat steel doups And slotted doups, point draft or counter leno, applications.
Text Books 1. Talukdar M. K., Sriramulu P. K. and Ajgaonkar D. B., “Weaving: Machines, Mechanisms, Management”, Mahajan Publishers Pvt Ltd, 2004 2. Gokarneshan N., “Fabric Structure and Design”, New Age International (P) Limited, 2009
Reference Books 1. Grosicki Z., "Watson's Textile Design &Color: Elementary weaves & Figure", Blackwell Science, Commerce place. 2. Grosicki Z., "Advanced Textile Design &Colour:, Blackwell Science, Commerce place. 3. H.Nisbet, "Grammar of textile Design", Tarporevala sons &Co. Pvt. Ltd., 4. W.S. Murphy, "Textile weaving & Design", Abhishek Publications. B.Tech. Fashion Technology
65 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020 5. Marks &robinson, " woven cloth construction" 6. J.E. Booth," Textile mathematics- vol-I &II"
Web References 3. nptel.ac.in/courses/116102005/26. 4. https://www.slideshare.net/sakthidamodaran/fabric-structureanddesign-by-n-gokarneshan 5. https://textilestudycenter.com/colio/fabric-structure-and-design/
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping Program Specific Program Outcomes (POs) COs Outcomes (PSOs) PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3 1 3 2 1 ------2 - - 2 - - 2 2 2 2 2 - - - - - 2 - - 2 - - 3 3 1 2 ------1 - - 2 - - 4 2 3 3 ------2 - - 2 - - 5 2 3 1 ------1 - - 2 - - Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 - High
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
66 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
L T P C Hrs U20FTT309 YARNS AND FABRICS FOR FASHION 3 0 0 3 45 Course Objectives • To classify types, structures and manufacturing of fancy yarns. • To explain requirements and manufacturing techniques of hosiery yarns • To describe requirements and manufacturning techniques of sewing thread and embroidery thread. • To Describe principles of jet weft insertion and continuous weft insertion. • To explain the techno-economics of different shuttleless weaving and fabric inspection methods.
Course Outcomes After completion of the course, the students will be able to CO1 - Illustrate the types, structure and manufacturing techniques of fancy yarns. (K3) CO2 - Describe the requirements and manufacturing techniques of hosiery yarns. (K3) CO3 - Describe the requirements and manufacturing techniques of sewing thread and embroidery thread.(K3) CO4 - Describe the weft insertion in Airjet, Waterjet, Circular, Multiphase and Tri-axial looms. (K4) CO5 - Explain the sample weaving process and fabric inspection systems. (K5)
UNIT 1. FANCY YARNS (9 Hrs) Various types of fancy yarns - manufacturing techniques and structure - Slub yarn, multi twist, multi count yarn, Crep yarn, multi component fancy yarn, Rotor and Ring frame slub yarn, Blended Fancy yarns (mélange), SIRO, Bobtex yarn, chenille yarn. Elastane (polyurethane) Yarns and Air Covered Yarns- production of core / cover Iycra yarn on ring spinning. Applications of elastane yarn.
UNIT 2. HOSIERY YARNS (6 Hrs) Requirements of hosiery yarns. Raw materials, parameters of Hosiery yarns. Properties and applications of hosiery yarns.
UNIT 3. SEWING THREADS AND EMBROIDERY YARN (9 Hrs) Introduction of Thread construction, Characteristics and production methods of sewing threads, Types of thread package, Thread storage & degradation. Introduction of thread construction, Raw material used, Characteristics of embroidery yarn, Thread production methods and types of thread package.
UNIT 4. JET WEFT INSERTION (9 Hrs) Principles of Airjet weft insertion from single nozzle, confusor and multi nozzle airjet weaving machines and their elements, Take up, let off and Auxiliary motions. Water jet weft insertion system, Water consumption, quality and its requirement. Field of applications, commercial viability of Airjet and Waterjet weaving machines. Techno-economical ratings of different shuttleless technologies.
UNIT 5. MULTIPHASE, CIRCULAR AND TRI-AXIAL WEAVING (12 Hrs) Principle of Multiphase weaving, Passage of yarn, Study of Sulzer M8300 multiphase weaving machine, Field of applications. Principle of Circular weaving, Passage of yarn, Classification, Yarns used and field of applications. Principle of Tri-axial weaving, Properties and applications of tri-axial fabric, Yarns used. Concept of sample weaving - Importance of fabric inspection, Different fabric inspection systems.
Reference Books 1. Fancy yarns –Their manufacture and application by R H Gong and R.M Wright, The textile institute -CRC- Wood head publishing limited. 2. 'Modern Yarns for Modern Fabrics Seminar' Conference proceddings. By TTI, The Textile Inst. Publisher. 3. Yarns & Fabric Classification Main Items in wool and blends, Italtex Editor. 4. Textile guide synthesis to create yarns & fabrics, Italtex Editor 5. Sewing Threads' Textile progress vol.30 no.3/4, by J.O. Ukponmwan, The Textile Inst. Publisher.
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
67 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
Reference Books 1. “Modern preparation and weaving” By A. Ormerod 2. “Weaving machines, mechanism, management” By Talukdar, Ajagaokar Sriramulu 3. “Shuttleless weaving” By Talav and Svaty 4. “Modern developments in weaving Machinery” By Duxbury 5. “Shuttleless weaving” by NCUTE programme by IITDelhi.
Web References 1. https://www.textileworld.com/textile-world/features/2020/05/new-developments-in-fibers-yarns-fabrics/ 2. https://www.textiletoday.com.bd/category/innovations/fiber-yarn-fabric/ 3. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/245574163_Design_of_Apparel_Fabrics_Role_of_fibre_yarn_an d_fabric_parameters_on_its_functional_attributes
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping Program Specific Program Outcomes (POs) COs Outcomes (PSOs) PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3 1 1 3 1 - 1 - - - 1 - - - 2 - 1 2 2 3 - - 1 - - - 1 - - - 2 - 3 3 2 2 - - 2 ------2 - 1 4 1 2 2 - 2 - - - 1 - - - 2 - 1 5 1 2 2 - 2 - - - 1 - - - 2 - 1 Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 - High
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
68 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020 L T P C Hrs U20FTT310 KNITTING TECHNOLOGY 3 0 0 3 45 Course Objectives • To Understand the fundamentals of knitting. • To Understand the weft knitting machines and components. • To understand the basics of warp and weft knit structures and its derivatives. • To comprehend the design for various knitted fabric structures • To understand the knitting machine parameters for producing various knitted structures
Course Outcomes After completion of the course, the students will be able to CO1 - Analyze the warp knitted and weft knitted fabrics by interpreting their structure. (K3) CO2 - Distinguish between the various knitted fabrics(K4) CO3 - Determine the production of weft knitted fabrics by varying the fabric forming parameters.(K4) CO4 - Explain and outline the working principles of warp knitting machines and the pattern of fabric formation.(K4) CO5 - Determine the production of warp knitted fabrics by varying the fabric forming parameters.(K4)
UNIT I - FUNDAMENTALS OF KNITTING (9 Hrs) Introduction to knitting, Comparison of weaving and knitting, classification of warp and weft knitting machines, comparison of warp and weft knitted fabrics, elements of knitted loop structure. Symbolic, Graph paper and Diagrammatic representation of stitches. Knitting needles - Types, Knitting action, advantages and disadvantages
UNIT II - WEFT KNITTING MACHINE (9 Hrs) Elements of knitting machine - Cylinder, Sinker, Cam, Needle, Creel, Feeders - positive feeder, storage positive feeder, elastane feeder, take down mechanism. Patterning mechanism. Electronic devices for needle selection. Working principle of plain, rib, interlock and purl knitting machines. Formation of knit, tuck and float stitches. Effect of loop length.
UNIT III - WEFT KNITTED STRUCTURES (9 Hrs) Production of weft knitted fabric structures -Single jersey, Rib, Purl, Interlock. Derivatives of single and double jersey structures: plaited fabrics, 2X2 rib structure, half cardigan, full cardigan, Ponte-di-Roma, Ottoman rib, Texipique, Pin-tuck, Milano rib, French pique, Swiss pique. Applications of weft knit fabric, Common defects in weft knit fabric
UNIT IV - WARP KNITTING MACHINE (9 Hrs) Elements of Tricot and Raschel warp knitting machines - warp beam, guide bar, needle, needle bar, sinker, presser bar, links, and trick plate. Knitting cycle and working principles of Tricot and Raschel knitting machine. Pattern controlling mechanism - pattern wheels, pattern chains links, Electronic Jacquard.
UNIT V - WARP KNITTED STRUCTURES (9 Hrs) Representation of warp knit structures. Point Paper, Chain-Link Notation, single fabrics, Chain stitch, Tricot lap, Full tricot, Lock Knit, Reverse Lock Knit, satin, Loop raided fabrics, Queen's cord, Sharkskin, Blind lap. Applications of warp knit fabric, Common defects in warp knit fabric
Text Books: 1. Ajgaonkar D.B., “Knitting technology”, Universal Publishing Corporation, Mumbai, 1998, ISBN: 81-85027- 34-X. 2. Chandrasekhar Iyer, Bernd Mammel and Wolfgang Schach., “Circular Knitting”, Meisenbach GmbH, Bamberg, 1995, ISBN: 3-87525-066-4.
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
69 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
Reference BOOKS:
1. Spencer D.J., “Knitting Technology”, III Ed., Textile Institute, Manchester, 2001, ISBN: 1 85573 333 1. 2. Samuel Raz., “Flat Knitting: The new generation”, Meisenbach GmbH, Bamberg, 1997, ISBN: 3-87525- 054-0. 3. Samuel Raz., “Warp Knitting production”, Melliand Textilberichte, GmbH, Rohrbacher, 1987, ISBN: 3- 87529-022-4
Web References 1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/116/102/116102008/ 2. https://www.textileworld.com/textile-world/features/2020/05/innovations-in-knitting-2/ 3. https://www.slideshare.net/suniltalekar1/warp-and-weft-knitting
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping Program Specific Program Outcomes (POs) COs Outcomes (PSOs) PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3 1 3 2 ------3 - - 2 3 2 ------2 - 3 3 2 1 ------2 - 4 3 2 1 ------2 - 5 3 2 ------1 - - Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 - High
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
70 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
STATISTICAL LABORATORY L T P C Hrs U20BSP326 MATLAB 0 0 2 1 30 (Common to AI&DS, FT) Course Objectives
• To familiarize the concept of Uni-variate, bi-variate frequency distributions. • To understand the concept of Measures of location and dispersion. • To learn Rank correlation. • To understand the concept of Regression Equations. • To introduce the concepts of curve fitting.
Course Outcomes After completion of the course, the students will be able to CO1 - Draw the different types of curves.(K3) CO2 - Understand the concept of Skewness and Kurtosis.(K2) CO3 - Compute Correlation coefficient.(K3) CO4 - Compute regression lines. (K3) CO5 - Find the straight line and parabola.(K3)
List of Experiments 1. Construction of bar diagram 2. Construction of pie diagram 3. Construction of Mean, Median, Mode 4. Construction of standard deviation 5. Measures of Skewness and Kurtosis for both grouped and ungrouped data. 6. Computation of Correlation co-efficient. 7. Computation Rank correlation. 8. Regression Equations. 9. Fit a straight line 10. Fit a parabola
Text Books 1. Irfan A Khan, “Fundamentals of Biostatistics” , Ukaaz Publication 5th Edition, 2016. 2. PSS Sunder Rao,“An introduction to Bio statistics” PHI Learning Pvt Ltd ,2012 3. Moore and Mc Cabe, “Introduction to the Practice of Statistics” WH Freeman, 9th Edition, 2009.
Reference Books 1. Marcello Pagano, “Principles of Biostatistics”,7th Edition, 2015. 2. Course Manuals: S-PLUS Command Line Essentials, the Analysis of Microarrays 3. Richard.A. Johnson, Irwin Miller and John E. Freund,” Probability and Statistics for Engineers”, Pearson Education, Asia, 9th Edition, 2018. 4. P. Kandasamy, Thilagavathy. K and Gunavathi. K, “Probability and Queuing Theory” S. Chand & Co. Pvt. Ltd.2015. 5. Dr.G. Balaji, “Probability and Statistics”, G. Balaji Publishers, 2017.
Web References 1. https://youtu.be/9pHi2vkz2_Y 2. https://youtu.be/4lAvbp-yVs8 3. https://youtu.be/B3pAD8ie3k0?list=PLoNoar1DlEikiPbM5cdpXOxDtQcrb4fQ5 4. https://youtu.be/6MEdP4zMLuQ 5. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LMSyiAJm99g
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
71 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020 COs/POs/PSOs Mapping Program Specific Program Outcomes (POs) COs Outcomes (PSOs) PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3 1 2 1 - - - 1 - - - - - 1 2 3 - 2 2 1 - - - 1 - - - - - 1 2 3 - 3 3 2 1 1 - 1 - - - - - 1 2 3 - 4 3 2 1 1 - 1 - - - - - 1 2 3 - 5 2 1 - - - 1 - - - - - 1 2 3 - Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 - High
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
72 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
L T P C Hrs U20FTP304 FASHION ILLUSTRATION LAB 0 0 3 1 30 Course Objectives • To make the students understand the basic concepts of fashion art. • To learning the aspects of fashion rendering. • To improve their skills in creating new designs and dresses. • To develop their skills in fashion arts and creating innovative sketches • To Developing design improvisation of basics fashion rendering.
Course Outcomes After completion of the course, the students will be able to CO1 - Illustrate the different body sections of human anatomy and plan different postures(K4) CO2 - Plan the fabric and colour application for developed fashion figures(K4) CO3 - Generate sketches in exclusive methods suitable for distinct presentations(K4) CO4 - Train the students in fashion illustration(K4) CO5 - Draw technical drawings for women, men, and children garments. (K5)
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS 1. Illustration of stick figures, block figures and fleshing on block figures 2. Figure analysis - Skecthing of fashion figures in 8 ½ , 10 & 12 head proportions 3. Face analysis – Skecthing of facial shapes & features and hairstyles 4. Illustration of varied postures – front, back, side and ¾ profiles 5. Colour rendering techniques – mixed media application 6. Fabric rendering techniques – wovens and knits 7. Fabric rendering techniques – drape lines, pleats, gathers, surface ornamentation 8. Illustration of croquis – female 9. Illustration of croquis – male 10. Illustration of croquis – children
Reference Book: 1. Laboratory Manual prepared by the Department of Fashion Technology, 2020 2. Fashion Illustration, Anna Kiper, David & Charles Book, 2011 3. Fashion Illustration Children, Patric, John Ireland, BT Bastford Ltd, 2005 4. Vandana Bhenderi, “Costume, Textiles and Jewellery of India – Traditions in Rajasthan”, Prakash Books, New Delhi, 2004. 5. Fashion Sketchbook by BinaAbling (2012), Bloomsbury Publishing India Private Limited. ISBN: 1609012283. 6. Illustrating Fashion: Concept to Creation by Steven Stipelman (2010), Fairchild Books. ISBN: 1563678306. 7. Illustrating Fashion by Kathryn McKelvey and Janine Munslow (2007), Wiley Blackwell Publication. ISBN: 1405139528
Web References 1. https://www.illustrationhistory.org/essays/fashion-illustration-from-the-16th-century-to-now 2. https://www.digitalartsonline.co.uk/features/illustration/22-fashion-illustration-techniques/ 3. https://medium.com/iskn/fashion-illustration-basics-5be0b2216da6
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
73 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping Program Specific Program Outcomes (POs) COs Outcomes (PSOs) PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3 1 2 2 - - 1 - - - 2 2 - - 2 - - 2 2 - - - 2 - - - 2 2 - - 2 - - 3 2 - - - 1 - - - 2 2 - - 2 - - 4 2 - - - 1 ------2 - - 5 1 - - - 1 ------2 - - Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 - High
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
74 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
L T P C Hrs U20FTP302 PATTERN ENIGINEERING-I LAB 0 0 3 1 30 Course Objectives • To understand fundamentals of basic pattern making. • To train the students in pattern making of apparels. • To develop the patterns for garment components • To explain procedure for designing with darts. • To develop the patterns for garment components.
Course Outcomes (COs) After completion of the course, the students will be able to CO1 - Upon completion of this practical course, the student would have practical experience on pattern making of garments(K5) CO2 - Explain the pattern making techniques and terminologies applied in them. (K4) CO3 - Apply draping and flat pattern technique to draft patterns of basic bodice, sleeve, skirt and trousers. (K4) CO4 - Apply the principles of pattern making to manipulate the basic pattern according to the styles.(K4) CO5 - Generate style lines, altered and graded patterns. (K5)
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS 1. Study of pattern making tools, stitching machine and measurements of dress form, live model and garment. 2. Machine practice to sew lines in various shapes, following a guide line on SNLS machine. (Paper exercise) 3. Machine practice to sew lines in various shapes, following a guide line on SNLS machine. (Fabric exercise) 4. Prepare samples for various seams and stitches. 5. Draft and stitch 5 piece patterns set and check for fit. 6. To develop patterns by using dart manipulation techniques. 7. Prepare and stitch patterns for graduated and radiating darts 8. Adopt and stitch patterns for puff and raglan sleeve. 9. Adopt and stitch patterns for collar with stand and peter pan collar 10. Draft and prepare sample for different types of cuffs. 11. Draft and prepare sample for patch and side pockets. 12. Draft and prepare samples for shirt placket and sleeve placket
Reference Book: 1. Laboratory Manual prepared by the Department of Fashion Technology, 2020 2. Halen Josep Armstrong “Pattern Making for Fashion Design” 5 th Edition, Pretence Hall, New Jercey , 2014. 3. Claire Schaeffer, “The Complete Book of Sewing Shortcuts”, Sterling Publishing(NY), 2009 4. Le Pechoux B and Ghosh T K , ― Apparel Sizing and Fit‖, Textile Progress, Volume 32, The Textile Institute, Manchester, 2002. 5. Pattern making for fashion design by Helen Joseph Armstrong fifth edition, Pearson Education, Inc. ISBN-10: 0-13-606934-7
Web References 1. https://www.nationalskillsnetwork.in/importance-of-pattern-making-in-fashion-and-apparel-design/ 2. https://ecoleholtcouture.wordpress.com/2014/04/11/pattern-cutting-pattern-making-pattern-engineering/ 3. https://www.fibre2fashion.com/industry-article/5658/basics-of-pattern-making 4. https://www.shiksha.com/design/fashion-design/articles/fashion-apparel-engineering-scope-career- options-blogId-8063
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
75 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping Program Specific Program Outcomes (POs) COs Outcomes (PSOs) PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3 1 3 2 3 - 2 - - - 2 2 - - 2 2 - 2 3 2 3 - - - - - 2 2 - - 2 2 - 3 3 2 3 - - - - - 2 2 - - 2 2 - 4 3 2 3 - - - - - 2 2 - - 2 2 - 5 3 2 3 - 2 - - - 2 2 - - 2 2 - Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 - High
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
76 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
L T P C Hrs U20FTP303 FABRIC STRUCTURE AND DESIGN GRAPHICS LAB 0 0 3 1 30 Course Objectives • To train the students on developing basic fabric weaves and simulate their appearance • To train the student create the print design • To impart the knowledge of developing logo designs appropriate for a concept. • To train the student developing various motifs design • To equip them in developing concept boards, logo designs and brochure designs.
Course Outcomes After completion of the course, the students will be able to CO1. Design fabric weaves and render them based on fashion trends. (K4) CO2. Design different types of print designs for a concept. (K4) CO3. Plan and prepare concept boards, logo designs and brochure designs for fashion communication.(K4) CO4 – Develop various motifs and images. (K5) CO5 – Design the brochure for various product development.(K5)
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS 1. Design and Development of Plain and twill weave patterns with two color ways. 2. Development of dobby blanket design with a color way. 3. Design and Development of an elaborate jacquard design with an extra warp and weft design for a stole. 4. Design and Development of half drop all over print pattern of geometric motifs. 5. Design and Development of directional print of floral motifs. 6. Design and Development of t-shirt chest print design for a digital printing. 7. Design and Development of a typographical print design for a tote bag. 8. Design and Design a conceptual board based on a theme using a collage of images. 9. Modify an existing logo of a brand. 10. Design and Develop a brochure design for a company featuring it’s product details and logo.
Reference Book: 1. Laboratory Manual prepared by the Department of Fashion Technology, 2020 2. Talukdar M. K., Sriramulu P. K. and Ajgaonkar D. B., “Weaving: Machines, Mechanisms, Management”, Mahajan Publishers Pvt Ltd, 2004 3. Gokarneshan N., “Fabric Structure and Design”, New Age International (P) Limited, 2009
Web References 1. nptel.ac.in/courses/116102005/26. 2. https://www.slideshare.net/sakthidamodaran/fabric-structureanddesign-by-n-gokarneshan 3. https://textilestudycenter.com/colio/fabric-structure-and-design/
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping Program Specific Program Outcomes (POs) COs Outcomes (PSOs) PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3 1 2 2 - - 3 - - - 2 2 - - - 3 - 2 2 2 - - 3 - - - 2 2 - - - 3 - 3 2 2 - - 3 - - - 2 2 - - - 3 - 4 2 2 - - 3 - - - 2 2 - - - 3 - 5 2 2 - - 3 - - - 2 2 - - - 3 - Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
77 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
L T P C Hrs U20FTC3XX CERTIFICATION COURSES III 0 0 4 - 50
Students shall choose an International certification course offered by the reputed organizations like Google, Microsoft, IBM, Texas Instruments, Bentley, Autodesk, Eplan and CISCO, etc. The duration of the course is 40-50 hours specified in the curriculum, which will be offered through Centre of Excellence.
Pass /Fail will be determined on the basis of participation, attendance, performance and completion of the course. If a candidate Fails, he/she has to repeat the course in the subsequent years. Pass in this course is mandatory for the award of degree
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
78 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
SKILL DEVELOPMENT COURSE 2 L T P C Hrs U20FTS302 (Choose anyone of the below three courses) 0 0 2 - 30
1. FASHION EVOLUTION AND TRADITIONAL INDIAN TEXTILE
Course Content: 1. HISTORY OF COSTUMES: Origin of clothing, growth of dress out of painting, cutting and other methods. Need for clothing, factors influencing costume changes. 2. ENGLISH AND FRENCH COSTUMES: English costume during middle ages, French costumes during renaissance Period (1400-1600)- analysis of necklines, collars, sleeves, silhouettes, textiles, headdress and embellishments 3. AMERICAN COSTUMES: American costumes from 18th to 20th centuries- analysis of momentous styles of clothing, garment designs, fabrics, headdress and embellishments 4. COSTUMES OF INDIA AND OTHER ASIAN COUNTRIES: Traditional costumes, textiles and accessories of different states of India. Traditional costumes of Pakistan, Srilanka, China, Myanmar, Thailand, Japan. Men‘s, women‘s and kids garment – motifs, designs, color combinations, styles, textiles and accessories. 5. COSTUMES OF AFRICAN COUNTRIES: Traditional costumes, textiles, motifs, designs and accessories in various parts of African continent – Egypt, Morocco, Ghana, Nigeria, Kenya, Uganda, South Africa, Zimbabwe. 6. COSTUMES OF EUROPEAN COUNTRIES: Traditional costumes, textiles, motifs, designs and accessories in Germany, Greece, Rome, Portugal, Sweden, Scotland, Ireland and Hungary.
2. GARMENT ORNAMENTATION
Course Content: 1. Embroidery: Definition, History of Embroidery, general rules for hand embroidery, Design transfer techniques, Tools for hand embroidery, Selection of needle, threads and fabrics for embroidery. 2. 3. Ornamentation Techniques: Eyelet work, cutwork, Richelieu work, lace work, drawn thread and fabric work, patch work, mirror work, appliqué, shaded embroidery, shadow work, badala work, bead and sequins work, bobbin thread embroidery etc. 4. Introduction to Machine Embroidery: History of embroidery machine, Advantages of embroidery machines, Various types of needles, frames, bobbins, Selection of frames to design, Selection of needle thread and bobbin thread and suitable stitches for embroidery using computer. 5. Construction and Working of Embroidery machines: Passage of thread, operation screen, tension switch, needle bar, bar switch, thread breakage indicator, colour change motor, driver box, x-axis and y- axis pulse motor, Care and maintenance of embroidery machine, Timing and setting of embroidery machine. Special types of embroidery machines, Costing, Quality and Care of embroidery goods, latest developments and technical features of embroidery machines. 6. Software used for embroideries: Introduction to various types of embroidery software, process of digitizing, punching tools, different input methods for embroidery software, various types of stitches, improving embroidery quality, Editing and Modifying designs, troubleshooting and corrective actions.
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
79 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
3. DESIGN OF SPORTS WEAR
Course Content: 1. SPORTS WEAR: Current sportswear market, Key trends in sportswear design, Design considerations in sportswear/footwear, sportswear and comfort, protection from injury, sports footwear industry.
2. MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DESIGN OF PERFORMANCE SPORTSWEAR: Key trends in sports wear design, layering, the evolution of layering, external influences, Innovative fibres and fabrics in sport: High performance and high-functional fibres and textiles, Smart and intelligent textiles and fibres, coated and laminated textiles in sportswear, Emerging trends. Designing Sportswear for comfort: Physiological comfort of sportswear, Aspects of wear comfort, Measurement of physiological comfort.
3. FUNCTIONAL SPORT FOOTWEAR: The human foot, foot wear, foot and footwear interface. Functional design of sport footwear, Functional fit of sport footwear, Functional materials and components in sport footwear.
4. PROTECTION: Protection against impact using clothing and personal equipment. Analysis of injury sustained during sporting activities, Impact protection provided through protective clothing and equipment, quality standards and evaluation techniques. Design of sportswear for impact protection, effects of protective clothing and equipment on human performance.
5. BIOMECHANICAL ENGINEERING OF A SPORTS BRA: Designing a sports bra, material selection, Biomechanical modeling and analysis. Biomechanical engineering of aerobic sportswear, Physical properties of aerobic wear, biomechanical simulation.
6. BIOMECHANICAL ENGINEERING OF COMPRESSION STOCKINGS: Elastic textiles, Freedom of movement, enhanced performance, recovery and wellbeing. Biomechanical simulation, investigation of the mechanism of compression therapy, Biomechanical engineering design of socks: Biomechanical modeling, implications in sock design.
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
80 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
L T P C Hrs U20FTM303 PHYSICAL EDUCATION 0 0 2 - 30
Physical Education is compulsory for all the Undergraduate students and Pass in this course is mandatory for the award of degree. Physical Education activities will include games and sports/extension lectures. The student participation shall be for minimum period of 30 hours. Physical Education activities will be monitored by the Director of Physical Education. Pass/Fail will be determined on the basis of participation, attendance, performance and conduct. If a candidate fails, he/she has to repeat the course in the subsequent years.
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
81 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
L T P C Hrs U20FTT411 PATTERN ENGINIREEING-II 3 0 0 3 45 Course Objectives • To explain various style lines used in patterning. • To explain various garment components and stitching procedure for it. • To teach grading process and quality of garments • To explain fundamentals of draping and demonstrate draping procedure for basic blocks • To explain the various quality aspects of patter checking
Course Outcomes After completion of the course, the students will be able to CO1 - Recognize various style lines and their aesthetical values in garments. CO2 - Describe various garments/components and their construction. CO3 - Apply grading procedure for various basic blocks and use patterning principles to correct pattern defects. CO4 - Demonstrate draping procedure for various basic blocks. CO5 - Analysis the pattern quality with various aspects.
UNIT I (9 Hrs) Stylelines – Introduction to style lines, The Classic Princess Style line, Armhole Princess Style line, The Panel Styleline. Cowls – Introduction to Cowls, Types of cowls, Preparing patterns for Back Cowls, Armhole Cowls, Pleated Cowls, Exaggerated Cowls, Inset Cowls
UNIT II (6 Hrs) Skirts/Circles and Cascades – Types of skirts, skirt lengths, Drafting of flared skirts, gored skirts, godets, wrap skirts, circles, peplums and cascades, skirts with uneven hemlines
UNIT III (9 Hrs) Dresses without Waistline Seams- torso foundation, dress categories, three basic dress foundations, styleline foundation, pattern making problems.
UNIT IV (9 Hrs) Grading – Introduction to grading, General principles, Grade Rules, Zero Point and Cardinal Points, Methods of grading: Track grading and nested grading, Grading the basic block and basic skirt, grading of sleeves and collars
UNIT V (12 Hrs) Draping – Draping terminologies, Preparation of fabric for draping, Elements of fabrics, Principles and fitting methods, Basic Bodice draping, basic skirt draping, draping of sleeves and collars Pattern Quality Analysis – Relationship between pattern making and quality of the garment, Factors affecting pattern quality, Introduction to computerized pattern making, computerized grading, study of available software for pattern making.
Text Books: 1. Helen Joseph, Armstrong, “Patternmaking for Fashion Design”, Pearson Education Pte. Ltd., 2005. 2. Winifred Aldrich, “Metric Pattern Cutting for Children’s Wear and Baby Wear”, Blackwell Publishing, 2004. 3. Pattern grading for women’s clothes by Gerry Cooklin, Blackwell Publishing. ISBN 0-632-05692-4 4. Metric pattern cutting for men’s wear by Winifred Aldrich, Blackwell Publishing. 5th edition, ISBN 978-81- 265-3241-4 5. Metric pattern cutting for women’s wear by Winifred Aldrich, Blackwell Publishing. 5th edition, ISBN: 978-1- 118-37205-0
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
82 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
Reference Books: 1. Fan J, Yu W, and Hunter L., “Clothing Appearance and Fit: Science and Technology”, Wood head Publishing Limited, 2004 2. Ashdown S. P., “Sizing in Clothing”, Wood head Publishing Limited, 2007. 3. Pattern making for fashion design by Helen Joseph Armstrong fifth edition, Pearson Education, Inc. ISBN- 10: 0-13-606934-7 4. The art of fashion draping by connieamaden-crawford, third edition, Fairchild Publications, Inc. ISBN 81- 8710-7359 5. Draping for fashion design by Hilde Jaffe and NurieRelis, fourth edition, Pearson Education, Inc. ISBN 978- 81-317-2696-9
Web References 1. https://www.nationalskillsnetwork.in/importance-of-pattern-making-in-fashion-and-apparel-design/ 2. https://ecoleholtcouture.wordpress.com/2014/04/11/pattern-cutting-pattern-making-pattern-engineering/ 3. https://www.fibre2fashion.com/industry-article/5658/basics-of-pattern-making 4. https://www.shiksha.com/design/fashion-design/articles/fashion-apparel-engineering-scope-career-options- blogId-8063
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping Program Specific Program Outcomes (POs) COs Outcomes (PSOs) PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3 1 3 2 3 - 2 - - - 2 2 - - 2 2 - 2 3 2 3 - - - - - 2 2 - - 2 2 - 3 3 2 3 - - - - - 2 2 - - 2 2 - 4 3 2 3 - - - - - 2 2 - - 2 2 - 5 3 2 3 - 2 - - - 2 2 - - 2 2 - Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 - High
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
83 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020 L T P C Hrs U20FTT412 TEXTILE CHEMICAL PROCESSING 3 0 0 3 45 Course Objectives • To describe the grey inspection and mechanical processing of textiles • To describe the pretreatments of textiles. • To describe the bleaching and mercerization. • To explain the colouration processes of textiles like dyeing and printing. • To explain the objectives and effects of various finishes.
Course Outcomes After completion of the course, the students will be able to CO1. Understand the importance of grey inspection and mechanical processes (K3) CO2. Understand the process of desizing and scouring. (K3) CO3. Understand the process of bleaching and mercerization. (K3) CO4. Understand the dyeing and printing colouration processes on cotton and polyester(K4) CO5. Understand the objects and effects of various finishes. (K4)
UNIT I - GREY INSPECTION AND MECHANICAL PROCESSES (9 Hrs) Importance of grey inspection, Four point & ten point system & numerical for acceptance & rejection of fabrics, Defect analysis, Types of stitches, Inspection machines for woven and knit goods, Working of shearing and cropping machine, Objectives of singeing. Gas singeing of woven & knitted fabrics. General process sequence
UNIT II - DESIZING SCOURING (9 Hrs) Objectives of desizing, methods and classification of desizing. Desizing of Cotton, P/C and Polyester fabrics, Evaluation of efficiency of desizing, Degumming of silk, Objectives of scouring, Concept of alkaline scouring, solvent scouring and bio scouring, Scouring of cotton, blends and synthetic fabrics, evaluation of efficiency of scouring.
UNIT III - BLEACHING AND MERCERIZATION (9 Hrs) Objectives of bleaching, Introduction to bleaching agents like sodium hypochlorite and hydrogen peroxide, bleaching of cotton, blends and synthetics. Bleaching of wool, silk, evaluation of efficiency of bleaching. Objectives of mercerization, Changes in cotton after mercerization, Study of machinery used for mercerization of yarn, woven and knit fabrics. Liquid ammonia treatment, Evaluation of mercerization efficiency using barium activity number
UNIT IV - DYEING AND PRINTING (9 Hrs) Introduction to dyeing, classification of colouring matters, Methods of dyeing: batch, semi-continuous and continuous process Dyeing of cellulosic fibres using direct, vat, reactive and sulphur dyes. Dyeing of polyester using disperse dye. Difference between dyeing and printing, Styles of printing: Direct, discharge, resist style Methods of printing: tie and dye, batik, block printing, screen printing. Concept of transfer printing, digital printing Printing of cotton by various styles using reactive dye, Printing of polyester by various styles using disperse dye, Pigment printing
UNIT V - FINISHING PROCESSES (9 Hrs) Objectives of finishing, classification of finishes. Mechanical and chemical finishing, application of softeners, Functional finishes: Resin finishing, flame retardant finish, antimicrobial Finish.
Textbooks: 1. Trotman E. R., “Dyeing and Chemical Technology of Textile Fibres”, B.I Publishing Pvt.Ltd., New Delhi, 1994, ISBN: 0471809101 | ISBN-13: 9780471809104
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
84 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020 2. Karmarkar S.R., “Chemical Technology in Pre-treatment processes of Textiles”, Elsevier Publications, Newyork,1999, ISBN: 044450060X | ISBN-13: 9780444500601 3. Shenai V. A., “Chemistry of Dyes and Principles of Dyeing”, Sevak Publications, Mumbai, 1995, ISBN: B0007BFE9Y. 4. Shenai V. A., “Technology of Printing”, Sevak Publications, Mumbai, 1996 5. Miles W. C., “Textile Printing”, Wood head Publication, 2003, ISBN 0 901956 76 1
REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Hall A.J., “Textile Finishing”, 2nd ed., McGraw Hill, 1995. 2. Marsh J.T., “Introduction to Textile Finishing” Vol. II, New Age, 1996 3. Heywood D.,”Textile Finishing”, Woodhead Publishing Ltd.,2003 ISBN 090195681 4. Shenai V.A., “Technology of Finishing”, Vol. X, Usha, 1998 5. Schindler W.D and Hauser P., “Chemical Finishing of Textiles”, Wood head Publications, ISBN: 1855739054. 6. Yin-Ling Lam , Chi-Wai Kan & Chun-Wah Marcus Yuen, "Developments in functional finishing of cotton fibres – wrinkle-resistant, flameretardant and antimicrobial treatments", Textile Progress, Vol. 44, Nos. 3 - 4, September-December 2012,175–249. 7. Jones B. W., “Garment Dyeing: Ready to Wear Fashion from the Dyehouse”, Textile Progress, Vol. 19, No. 2, 1988, ISBN 1870812131. 8. Roshan Paul (Ed.), "Denim – Manufacture, Finishing and Applications", Woodhead Publishing, 2015. 9. Reife A. and Freeman H.S., “Environmental Chemistry of Dyes and Pigments”, Wiley, 1996, ISBN: 0471589276.
Web References 1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/116/102/116102016/ 2. https://www.slideshare.net/kanhaiyakumawat2/textile-chemical-processing 3. https://www.sciencedirect.com/topics/engineering/textile-wet-processing
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping Program Specific Program Outcomes (POs) COs Outcomes (PSOs) PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3 1 1 - - - - 3 3 - - - - - 2 2 - 2 1 - - - - 3 3 - - - - - 2 2 - 3 2 - 2 - - 3 3 - - - - - 2 2 - 4 1 - - - - 3 3 - - - - - 2 2 - 5 2 - - - - 3 3 - - - - - 2 2 - Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 - High
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
85 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
L T P C Hrs U20FTT413 APPAREL MACHINERY AND EQUIPMENT 3 0 0 3 45 Course Objectives • To explain the classification of sewing machinery • To describe the various parts and adjustment of a single needle lockstitch & overlock machine. • To describe the stitch, sewing needle and sewing thread. • To interpret the work aids and latest developments in apparel production machinery • To explain the spreading and fusing components.
Course Outcomes After completion of the course, the students will be able to CO1 - Understand the classification of sewing machinery according to bed types, stitch types and material wise. (K4) CO2 - Understand the various parts, features and adjustment of single needle lock stitch and overlock machine. (K4) CO3 - Categorize the stitch, sewing needles and sewing threads requirements and its application.(K4) CO4 - Describe the work aids and latest developments in apparel production machinery. (K5) CO5 - Describe the spreading and fusing in apparel production machinery. (K5)
UNIT I HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT OF SEWING MACHINES (9 Hrs) History of sewing machines and development. Sewing machinery - classification according to bed types, stitch types (hook or looper), material wise (extra light to heavy weight). Introduction to spreading machines and cutting machines - types and functions.
UNIT II PARTS OF SEWING MACHINES (9 Hrs) Major parts of sewing machinery and functions. Major parts of Single needle lock stitch machine – UBT and non-UBT: stand height, pedal, presser foot, height of needle bar, needle to hook relationship, height of feed dog, normal and reverse feed stitch length, feed timing, presser foot pressure, needle and bobbin thread tension, bobbin winding assembly, belt tension and their adjustment. Sewing machine safety regulations.
UNIT III ADJUSTMENTS OF MAJOR PARTS (9 Hrs) Sewing needle and sewing thread, thread consumption, thread routing. Adjustment on SNLS UBT: Needle stop position, wiper, thread timing sequence, timing of thread trimmer cam, positioning the moving knife, installation, sharpening, replacing moving knives, adjusting the floating amount of the auxiliary tension disk. Parts, functions and adjustments of Overlock machines: Needle height, feed dog height, differential feed ratio, tilt of the feed dog, position of the upper and lower knives, sharpening of knife and loopers, trouble shooting in over lock.
UNIT IV WORK AIDS (9 Hrs) Work-aids and attachments as deskilling devices, functions of pullers, guides and folders compensating presser foots- left, right, double; feller, hemmer etc. Collar turning machines, folding machinery. Computer controlled cutting, sewing, folding machinery.
UNIT V SPREADING AND FUSING (9 Hrs) Manual and automatic spreading, features and specifications, fusing and pressing machinery. Application according to use. Latest developments: Latest developments in production machinery, automatic spreading, cutting, fusing, pressing and sewing machines.
Text Books: 1. Harold Carr and Barbara Latham, The Technology of Clothing Manufacture, Om Book Service, 2002. 2. Shaeffer Claire, Sewing for the Apparel Industry, Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 2001.
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
86 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020 Reference Books 1. Mr. R. Rathinamoorthy et al, “Apparel machinery Equipments”, woodhead publication 2015. 2. Juki machine manual for single needle lockstitch machine by Juki machine 3. Jacob Solinger., “Apparel Manufacturing Handbook ", Van Nostrand Reinhold Company (1980). 4. Peyton B .Hudson., " Guide to Apparel Manufacturing ", Media Apparel Inc (1989) ISBN: 0 -945116-08-X. 5. Carr.H, Latham. B., “The Technology of Clothing Manufacture ", Blackwell Scientific Publications (1988).
Web References
1. https://www.industrytap.com/automated-apparel-machinery-equipment-essential-competitive- advantage/41814 2. https://ordnur.com/garments-2/list-of-machinery-and-their-functions-of-apparel-industry/ 3. http://content.inflibnet.ac.in/data-server/eacharya- documents/56b0853a8ae36ca7bfe81449_INFIEP_79/83/ET/79-83-ET-V1-S1__unit_1.pdf
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping Program Specific Program Outcomes (POs) COs Outcomes (PSOs) PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3 1 3 2 2 - - - - 1 - - - 2 3 2 - 2 1 2 - - - - - 1 - - - 2 3 2 - 3 3 3 3 - - - - 1 - - - 2 3 2 - 4 - 2 - - - - - 1 - - - 2 3 2 - 5 - 2 - - - - - 1 - - - 2 3 2 - Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
87 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
L T P C Hrs U20FTT414 GARMENT CONSTRUCTION - I 3 0 0 3 45 Course Objectives • To describe preparatory stages of garment and layout metods followed for various width of fabric. • To explain the various sewing techniques. • To explain the drafting of various blocks. • To explain the cutting process of various garments. • To explain and apply stitching and fit checking –process for various garments. Course Outcomes After the completion of the course, the students will be able to CO1 - Describe preparatory stages of garment and layout methods followed for various width of fabric. (K3) CO2 - Explain the various sewing techniques. (K4) CO3 - Explain the drafting of various blocks of men’s and women’s garment component. (K5) CO4 - Explain the cutting process of various garments. (K4) CO5 - Explain and apply stitching and fit checking –process for various garments. (K5)
UNIT I SPREADING AND CUTTING (12 Hrs) Basics of fabric spreading, modes of spreading, different fabric packages, spreading tension, uniformity and alignment, woven fabric lay, knitted fabric lay, types of fabric lay, Lay planning principles. Marker making, principles of marker making, types of markers, marker planning and marker efficiency, and fabric design parameters on markers, matching and grain line. Fabric cutting methods, latest fabric cutting equipments, and record keeping in cutting room, advancements in cutting room technology
UNIT II BASIC SEWING TECHNIQUES (9 Hrs) Seams: Definition, Types of seams, seam quality, seam performance, factors to be considered in the selection of seam, seam finishes, seam defects. Stitches: Definition, stitch classes, stitch parameters, factors to be considered in the selection of stitches. Stitching defects. Sewing Thread: Types, construction, sewing thread quality, selection of sewing thread.
UNIT III GARMENT COMPONENTS FOR MEN’S AND WOMEN’S TOP (9 Hrs) Men’s and women’s tops – basic bodice blocks, collars, sleeves, cuffs, plackets – types, pleats, gathers and darts, functional purpose of components in garment construction.
UNIT IV GARMENT COMPONENTS FOR MEN’S AND WOMEN’S BOTTOM (9 Hrs) Men’s and women’s bottom – trousers basic blocks, pockets – side pocket, welt pocket, patch pocket, yoke, skirt basic blocks, waist bands, panels, other components in innerwear, functional purpose.
UNIT V ACCESSORIES (6 Hrs) Labels, linings, interlinings, wadding, lace, braid, elastic, hook and loop fastening, shoulder pads, eyelets and laces, zip fasteners, buttons
Text Books: 1. Jacob Solinger, “Apparel Production Handbook”, Reinhold Publications,1998 2. Carr H and Latham B., “The Technology of Clothing Manufacturing”, Blackwell Science, U.K.,1994 Reference Books: 1. Ruth E. Glock, Grace I. Kunz, “Apparel Manufacturing, Sewn Product Analysis”, fourth edition, Pearson Education, ISBN: 8177580760159 4 2. Laing R.M., Webster J, “Stitches & Seams”, The Textile Institute, India,1998 3. Shaeffer Claire, “Sewing for the Apparel Industry”, Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 2001 4. Singer, “Sewing Lingerie”, Cy De Cosse Incorporated, 1991. 5. Patty Brown & Janett Rice, “Ready-To-Wear Apparel Analysis’”, Third Edition, PrienticeHall Inc., New Jersey,ISBN:0130254347.
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
88 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020 Web References 1. https://ncert.nic.in/vocational/pdf/ivsm103.pdf 2. https://www.slideshare.net/sarwatshabbir/1-garments 3. https://www.cottonworks.com/topics/sourcing-manufacturing/garment-manufacturing/the-art-of-garment- manufacturing-garment-construction/ 4. https://www.textileschool.com/258/garment-construction-techniques/
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping Program Specific Program Outcomes (POs) COs Outcomes (PSOs) PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3 1 1 1 2 - 1 - - - 1 1 - - - - - 2 2 1 3 - 1 - - - 1 1 - - - - - 3 1 2 3 - 1 - - - 1 1 - - - - - 4 1 2 3 - 1 - - - 1 1 - - - - - 5 2 2 3 - 1 - - - 1 1 - - - - - Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 - High
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
89 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
L T P C Hrs U20HSP401 GENERAL PROFICIENCY–I 0 0 2 1 30 Course Objectives • To enrich strong vocabulary and decoding skills through comprehension analysis • To advance communication and leadership skills pragmatically • To pronounce English sounds in isolation and in connected speech • To expand effective written communication skills to meet organizational goals • To extend knowledge on verbal aptitude and prepare for interviews
Course Outcomes After completion of the course, the students will be able to CO1 - Interpret meaning and apply reading strategies in technical and non-technical context (K2) CO2 - Develop interpersonal communication skills professionally (K3) CO3 - Infer the distinct speech sounds and overcome native language influence (K2) CO4 - Demonstrate various forms of formal writing (K2) CO5 - Apply the techniques of verbal aptitude in competitive exams (K3)
UNIT I - COMPREHENSION ANALYSIS (6 Hrs) Listening: Listening Comprehension (IELTS based) – Speaking: Break the iceberg - Reading: Reading technical passage (IELTS based) - Writing: Writing Task: 1 (IELTS: Graph/ Process /Chart Description) Vocabulary: Synonyms (IELTS)
UNIT II - PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT (6 Hrs) Listening: Interview Videos- Speaking: Extempore& Presentation (Soft Skills) - Reading: British & American Vocabulary, Read and review (Books, Magazines) - Writing: SWOT Analysis Vocabulary: Idioms (IELTS)
UNIT III -INFERENTIAL LEARNING (6 Hrs) Listening: Listening Speech sounds to overcome Mother Tongue Influence, Anecdotes– Speaking: Interpersonal Interaction & Situational attribution–Reading: Distinguish between facts & opinions - Writing: Writing Conversation to different context Vocabulary: Phrasal Verbs (IELTS)
UNIT IV - INTERPRETATION AND FUNCTIONAL WRITING (6 Hrs) Listening: Group Discussion videos - Speaking: Group Discussion Practice - Reading: Interpretation of data - Graph, table, chart, diagram (IELTS based) -Writing: Writing Task: 2 (IELTS) Vocabulary: Collocations (IELTS)
UNIT V- APTITUDE (6 Hrs) Language Enhancement: Articles, Preposition, Tenses Verbal Ability Enhancement: Blood Relation, Completing Statements- Cloze test, Spotting Errors –Sentence Improvement, One Word Substitution, Word Analogy, Word Groups( GATE)
Reference Books
1. Jeff Butterfield, “Soft Skills for Everyone”, Cengage Learning, New Delhi, 2012. 2. Mn,Taylor, and Grant Taylor. “English Conversation Practice”. Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 2004. 3. Bailey, Stephen. “Academic writing: A practical guide for students”. Psychology Press, 2003. 4. Aggarwal, R. S. “A Modern Approach to Verbal & Non Verbal Reasoning”. S. Chand, 2010. 5. Wren, Percival Christopher, and Wren Martin. “High School English Grammar and Composition”. S Chand, 2005.
Web References
1. https://www.ielts-exam.net/grammar/ 2. https://ieltsfocus.com/2017/08/02/collocations-ielts/ 3. https://www.fresherslive.com/online-test/blood-relations-questions-and-answers 4. https://www.toppr.com/guides/english-language/reading-comprehension/cloze-test/ 5. https://www.examsbook.com/word-analogy-test-questions-with-answers
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
90 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020 COs/POs/PSOs Mapping Program Specific Program Outcomes (POs) COs Outcomes (PSOs) PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3 1 1 ------3 - 1 1 - - 2 1 ------1 - 3 - 1 1 - - 3 1 ------3 - 1 1 - - 4 1 ------3 - 1 1 - - 5 1 ------3 - 1 - - - Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 - High
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
91 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
L T P C Hrs U20FTP407 PATTERN ENGINIREEING-II LAB 0 0 3 1 30 Course Objectives • To train the student for develop the various pattern • To develop the patterns grading of patterns • To train the studet for develop the patern in godets • To train the student in Jeans and Jumpsuites • To develop the patterns for garment components.
Course Outcomes After completion of the course, the students will be able to CO1 - Develop Patterns For Women’s, Men’s And Children’s Garments(K5) CO2 - Do Grading Of Patterns(K5) CO3 - Develop pattern for godets(K5) CO4 - Develop pattern for Jeans And Jumpsuits(K5) CO5 - Develop Patterns For Basic Bodice, Gored and Flared Skirts. (K5)
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS 1. Draft and stitch pattern for classic princess style line using two-dart basic block pattern 2. Draft and stitch pattern for pleated shoulder cowl using the basic front pattern block 3. Draft and stitch pattern for 6-gore flared skirt. 4. Draft and stitch torso foundation for dresses without waist line seam. 5. Grade a basic block of size 8 to size 6 6. Grade a skirt of size 12 to size 6 7. Draft and stitch pattern for godets 8. Prepare muslin fabric for draping and drape a basic bodice on the body form. 9. Prepare muslin fabric for draping and drape any skirt on the body form. 10. Prepare muslin fabric for draping and drape shawl collar on the body form. 11. Prepare muslin fabric for draping and drape convertible collar on the body form. 12. Study of fabric manipulation techniques and stitch sample for any one.
Reference Books
1. Laboratory Manual prepared by the Department of Fashion Technology, 2020. 2. Helen Joseph, Armstrong, “Patternmaking for Fashion Design”, Pearson Education Pte. Ltd., 2005. 3. Winifred Aldrich, “Metric Pattern Cutting for Children’s Wear and Baby Wear”, Blackwell Publishing, 2004. 4. Pattern grading for women’s clothes by Gerry Cooklin, Blackwell Publishing. ISBN 0-632-05692-4 5. Metric pattern cutting for men’s wear by Winifred Aldrich, Blackwell Publishing. 5th edition, ISBN 978-81- 265-3241-4 6. Metric pattern cutting for women’s wear by Winifred Aldrich, Blackwell Publishing. 5th edition, ISBN: 978-1- 118-37205-0
Web References
1. https://www.nationalskillsnetwork.in/importance-of-pattern-making-in-fashion-and-apparel-design/ 2. https://ecoleholtcouture.wordpress.com/2014/04/11/pattern-cutting-pattern-making-pattern-engineering/ 3. https://www.fibre2fashion.com/industry-article/5658/basics-of-pattern-making 4. https://www.shiksha.com/design/fashion-design/articles/fashion-apparel-engineering-scope-career-options- blogId-8063
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
92 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping Program Specific Program Outcomes (POs) COs Outcomes (PSOs) PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3 1 3 2 3 - 2 - - - 2 2 - - 2 2 - 2 3 2 3 - - - - - 2 2 - - 2 2 - 3 3 2 3 - - - - - 2 2 - - 2 2 - 4 3 2 3 - - - - - 2 2 - - 2 2 - 5 3 2 3 - 2 - - - 2 2 - - 2 2 - Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 - High
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
93 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
L T P C Hrs U20FTP408 TEXTILE CHEMICAL PROCESSING LAB 0 0 3 1 30 Course Objectives • To train the students Bleaching, dyeing and printing. • To traint he student for various application processingin textile dyeing industry • To explain the student process parameters in dyeing industry. • To train the student handling the dyeing machines. • To train the student of quality control of dyend and printed maerial
Course Outcomes After completion of the course, the students will be able to CO1: Acquiring knowledge on bleaching, dyeing and printing process(K4) CO2: Estimation and application of chemicals and dyes for processing the textile materials. (K4) CO3: Demonstrate ability to formulate appropriate shade and process parameters of chemical process. (K4) CO4: Apply the different types of machines for the chemical processing(K5) CO5: Acquiring knowledge on fastness properties of dyed materials. (K5)
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS: 1. Acid and enzymatic desizing of Cotton fabrics. 2. Batch wise alkaline scouring of cotton fabric and P/C blend. 3. Peroxide bleaching of Cotton fabrics 4. Mercerization of cotton hank 5. Dyeing of cotton with direct dye. 6. Dyeing of cotton with vat dye. 7. Dyeing of cotton with reactive dye. 8. Dyeing of cotton with sulphur dye. 9. Dyeing of 100% polyester with disperse dye by using HTHP beaker dyeing machine. 10. Direct style of printing on cotton with reactive dye 11. Discharge and Resist style of printing on cotton with reactive dye 12. Direct and discharge style of printing on PET with disperse dye 13. Softening treatments on garment.
Reference Books 1. Laboratory Manual prepared by the Department of Fashion Technology, 2020 2. Trotman E. R., “Dyeing and Chemical Technology of Textile Fibres”, B.I Publishing Pvt.Ltd., New Delhi, 1994, ISBN: 0471809101 | ISBN-13: 9780471809104 3. Karmarkar S.R., “Chemical Technology in Pre-treatment processes of Textiles”, Elsevier Publications, Newyork,1999, ISBN: 044450060X | ISBN-13: 9780444500601 4. Shenai V. A., “Chemistry of Dyes and Principles of Dyeing”, Sevak Publications, Mumbai, 1995, ISBN: B0007BFE9Y. 5. Shenai V. A., “Technology of Printing”, Sevak Publications, Mumbai, 1996 6. Miles W. C., “Textile Printing”, Wood head Publication, 2003, ISBN 0 901956 76 1
Web References 1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/116/102/116102016/ 2. https://www.slideshare.net/kanhaiyakumawat2/textile-chemical-processing 3. https://www.sciencedirect.com/topics/engineering/textile-wet-processing
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
94 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020 COs/POs/PSOs Mapping Program Specific Program Outcomes (POs) COs Outcomes (PSOs) PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3 1 2 2 ------2 2 2 1 2 3 2 ------2 2 2 1 3 2 2 ------2 2 2 1 4 1 2 - - 2 ------2 2 2 1 5 2 3 ------2 2 2 1 Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 - High
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
95 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
L T P C Hrs U20FTP409 GARMENT CONSTRUCTION - I LAB 0 0 2 1 30 Course Objectives • To train the student for commercial garment components • To demonstrate skills in sewing techniques in constructing the garment. • To demonstrate skills in samples making commercial garment categories • To demonstrate skills in technical problems faced in seam sample preparation • To demonstrate the prepare technical specifications sheet
Course Outcomes (COs) After completion of the course, the students will be able to CO1. Fabricate seam specifications of commercial garment categories. (K3) CO2. Choose and apply sewing techniques in constructing the garment. (K4) CO3. Construct samples making use of garmenting techniques. (K4) CO4. Predict the technical problems faced in seam sample preparation(K5) CO5. Apply fundamental concepts and prepare technical specifications. (K5)
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS 1. Study of SOP for shirt measurement. 2. Tech pack preparation for Men’s formal shirt 3. Prepare pattern for Men’s Formal shirt. 4. Stitching of Men’s Formal shirt 5. Study of SOP for Trouser measurement. 6. Tech- pack preparation for Men’s formal trouser. 7. Prepare pattern for Men’s Formal trouser. 8. Stitching of Men’s Formal trouser. 9. Prepare cost sheet for stitched formal shirt. 10. Prepare cost sheet for stitched formal trouser. 11. Adopt pattern of formal shirt for variations in shirt. 12. Adopt pattern of formal trouser for variations in trouser.
Reference Book: 1. Laboratory Manual prepared by the Department of Fashion Technology, 2020. 2. Jacob Solinger, “Apparel Production Handbook”, Reinhold Publications,1998 3. Carr H and Latham B., “The Technology of Clothing Manufacturing”, Blackwell Science, U.K.,1994
Web References 1. https://ncert.nic.in/vocational/pdf/ivsm103.pdf 2. https://www.slideshare.net/sarwatshabbir/1-garments 3. https://www.cottonworks.com/topics/sourcing-manufacturing/garment-manufacturing/the-art-of-garment- manufacturing-garment-construction/ 4. https://www.textileschool.com/258/garment-construction-techniques/
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping Program Specific Program Outcomes (POs) COs Outcomes (PSOs) PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3 1 3 3 - - 2 - - - 2 2 - - 2 - - 2 3 3 - - 2 - - - 2 2 - - 2 - - 3 3 3 - - 2 - - - 2 2 - - 2 - - 4 3 2 - - 2 - - - 2 2 - - 2 - - 5 3 2 - - 2 - - - 2 2 - - 2 - - Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
96 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020 L T P C Hrs U20FTC4XX CERTIFICATION COURSES IV 0 0 4 - 50
Students shall choose an International certification course offered by the reputed organizations like Google, Microsoft, IBM, Texas Instruments, Bentley, Autodesk, Eplan and CISCO, etc. The duration of the course is 40-50 hours specified in the curriculum, which will be offered through Centre of Excellence.
Pass /Fail will be determined on the basis of participation, attendance, performance and completion of the course. If a candidate Fails, he/she has to repeat the course in the subsequent years. Pass in this course is mandatory for the award of degree
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
97 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
SKILL DEVELOPMENT COURSE 1 L T P C Hrs U20FTS403 (Choose anyone of the below three courses) 0 0 2 - 30
1. COMPUTER COLOUR MATCHING
Course Content: 1. Computer Colour Matching System (CCMS) 2. Computer Colour Matching System – Components – 1. Spectrophotometer, 2. Personal Computer 3. Colour Matching software 3. Colour Matching software iin dyeing Industry 4. Colour match Prediction 5. Colour Different calculation 6. Pass/Fail option 7. Colour Fastness rating 8. Cost comparision, Strength evaluation of dyes, Colour strength 2. DIGITAL FASHION MARKETING Course Content: 1. INTRODUCTION TO E-MARKETING: B2C, B2B, C2B and C2C, e-marketing objectives, Introduction to e-strategy, Digital marketing platforms, Approaches to marketing mix: 4Ps. 5Is, 4Cs and 7 Ps. Adding digital value to product, QR codes, New pricing approaches, pricing under pressure. 2. E MODELS AND E CUSTOMERS: Introduction to e models, online revenue models, attribution, communication model, customer information processing model, customer buying model, social media models. Introduction to e customers, motivations, fears and phobias, online information processing, online buying process, online relationship and loyalty, researching online customers. 3. SOCIAL MEDIA MARKETING: Importance, media platforms, review business goals for social media, strategy for managing social media, Social media optimization. 4. SITE DESIGN: Objectives of effective site design, Online value proposition, different aspects of aesthetic design- Graphics , Colour, Style, Layout and Typography, Navigation and structure, Mobile site design. 5. TRAFFIC BUILDING & E-CRM: Key aspects of traffic building, Search Engine Optimisation (SEO), Pay per Click search marketing, managing Pay Per Click (PPC), Online partnerships, Interactive advertising, Viral marketing. E-CRM: Introduction to relationship marketing, Database marketing, Profiling,- approaches to profiling, Control issues in E CRM. 6. MANAGING DIGITAL MARKETING: Budgeting for digital marketing, selecting the best communications mix, selecting the right suppliers for digital marketing, Change management for digital transformation, Measuring and optimizing digital marketing with digital analytics, E-business security.
3. IMPORT AND EXPORT DOCUMENTATION
Course Content: 1. INTRODUCTION: Export – Import Business – Preliminaries for starting Export – Import Business Registration 2. EXPORT PROCEDURES: Obtaining an Export License – Export Credit Insurance – Procedures and Documentation 3. FOREIGN EXCHANGE: Finance for Exports – Pricing - Understanding Foreign Exchange Rates 4. IMPORT PROCEDURES: Import Policy – License - Procedure and Documentation. 5. EXPORT INCENTIVES: Incentives – Institutional Support.
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
98 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
U20FTM404 NCC / NSS
NCC/NSS training is compulsory for all the Undergraduate students 1. The above activities will include Practical/field activities/Extension lectures. 2. The above activities shall be carried out outside class hours. 3. In the above activities, the student participation shall be for a minimum period of 30 hours. 4. The above activities will be monitored by the respective faculty in-charge. 5. Pass /Fail will be determined on the basis of participation, attendance, performance and behavior. If a candidate Fails, he/she has to repeat the course in the subsequent years. Pass in this course is mandatory for the award of degree
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
99 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
L T P C Hrs U20FTE401 HIGH FASHION SEWING TECHNIQUES 3 0 0 3 45
Course Objectives • To explain various pattern for garment component. • To explain various seam techniques. • To teach design details of various garment parts. • To explain various technical details on facing and binding. • To explain fabric manipulation techniques.
Course Outcomes After completion of the course, the students will be able to CO1. Understand the pattern for garment component. (K3) CO2. Understand the various seam techniques. (K3) CO3. Understand the design details of various garment parts. (K3) CO4. Understand the various technical details on facing and binding(K2) CO5. Understand the fabric manipulation techniques.(K4)
UNIT I (9 Hrs) Preparing a Pattern - precision pattern making, adding a seam, eliminating a seam, transferring a seam, making a neckline facing, all in one facing, transferring darts, converting darts to dart tucks, converting darts to seams; Necklines – shallow V-neck, Cut-away sccop neck; Tucks –vertical tucks, tuck seams.
UNIT II (9 Hrs) SEAMS: strap seam, raised French seam, Raised overlock seam, Stand –up bound seam, piped seam, baby seam, Petersham Peek seams; Hems – narrow top stitched hem, gold overlock hem, blanket stitched hem, chiffon hem, band hem, ribbon trimmed hem, decorative trim hem, petersham Peek on Wrap Skirt, Hong Kong finish on outside, charmeuse welt hemming, picot finish, easy twin needle hem, bubble hem finish, faced hem, braid hem.
UNIT III (9 Hrs) DESIGN DETAILS: Pockets and Flaps: Piped patch pocket on jacket, double welt pocket on a skirt, window pane opening, inseam pocket with invisible zipper at seam, inseam pocket with faux flap; Collars and Lapels: tie collar, detachable turtleneck, double flounce collar, fancy lapels, notched collar; Plackets and fasteners – keyhole opening, bound neckline placket, button loops, fly or concealed front placket, bound buttonholes, blind bound buttonholes, easy slot zipper; Trims – Roses and lace inserts; Wraps and shawls – cocoon wraps, ruffled shawl and evening wrap; Inner parts – waist stay, blouse stay and cowl stay; Interfacing and linings – Interfacing a jacket, bagging a jacket and adding a skirt lining.
UNIT IV (9 Hrs) FACING AND BINDING: banded V-neck on knit and woven fabric, ribbon banded v-neck, banded curved neckline, double fold silk charmeuse binding, double fold binding on chiffon, free flow charmeuse binding on chiffon, piped double fold binding on woven fabric, single fold binding, baby French binding, single fold binding on chiffon, high waist couture facing, lining/binding skirt panels.
UNIT V (9 Hrs) FABRIC MANIPULATION TECHNIQUES: Controlled Crushing : Gathering, Shirring Supplementary fullness: Ruffles, flounces Systematic folding: Pleating, Smocking, Tucking Filled Reliefs : cording, Quilting, Stuffing Structured Surfaces: Darts Mixed Manipulations – Technique variations, creative combinations. HAUTE COUTURE SEWING TECHNIQUES: applying Couture techniques: skirts and pants, blouses and dresses, sleeves, jackets and coats, corsets, designing with fabrics.
Text Books: 1. Colette Wolff , The Art of Manipulating Fabric Paperback –1996, Krausae Publications. 2. Claire B. Shaeffer, High-Fashion Sewing Secrets from the World's Best Designers: Step-By-Step Guide to Sewing Stylish Seams, Buttonholes, Pockets, Collars, Hems and More (Rodale Sewing Book) 1997, Rodale Press; 3rd edition
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
100 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020 Reference Books: 1. Lynda Maynard, The Dressmaker's Handbook of Couture Sewing Techniques: Essential Step-by-Step Techniques for Professional Results, 2010, Interweave; Spi edition 2. Marie Clayton, ―Ultimate Sewing Bible – A Complete Reference with Step-by-Step Techniques‖, Collins & Brown, London, 2008. 3. Laing R M and Webster J, ―Stitches and Seams‖, Textile Progress, The Textile Institute, Manchester,1998.
Web References 1. https://cfashionedu.com/product/sewing-techniques-from-the-fashion-industry/ 2. https://sewguide.com/haute-couture/ 3. https://www.fibre2fashion.com/industry-article/7481/fashion-designers-perspectives-on-fashion-sewing
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping Program Specific Program Outcomes (POs) COs Outcomes (PSOs) PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3 1 2 - 2 - 3 2 ------1 2 - 2 2 - 2 - 3 2 ------1 2 - 3 2 - 2 - 3 2 ------1 2 - 4 2 - 2 - 3 2 ------2 2 - 5 2 - 2 - 2 2 ------2 2 - Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 - High
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
101 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
L T P C Hrs U20FTE402 DRAPING TECHNIQUES 3 0 0 3 45
Course Objectives • Learn the Draping tools & Procedure. • Learn about draping of basic bodice& sleeves • Understand the draping of Skirts, Slacks, Yokes & collars and sleeves. • Learn about the draping of manipulation. • Learn about the draping of advanced design variations and draping of knit garments
Course Outcomes After completion of the course, the students will be able to CO1. Understand the Draping tools & Procedure. (K3) CO2. Understand the draping of basic bodice& sleeves. (K3) CO3. Understand the draping of Skirts, Slacks, Yokes & collars and sleeves. (K3) CO4. Understand the various technical details draping of manipulation (K2) CO5. Understand the advanced design variations and draping of knit garments.(K3)
Unit I Introduction to draping (9 Hrs) Introduction to draping: Method of draping - types of dress forms, Draping terminology, tools and equipments, dress forms, elements of fabric behaviour, principles and techniques of draping.
Unit II Draping Of Bodice Blocks & Variations (9 Hrs) Front Bodice with under arm Dart – Back Bodice with Neckline Dart -Dart manipulation – Waist line Dart – Dart at waistline and centre front – French Dart – Double French Dart – Flange Dart – Neckline Dart -Neckline variations – Front & Back Armhole variations – Typical sleeveless – Squared – Cutaway
Unit III Draping Of Skirts & Slacks (9 Hrs) Draping of one piece basic skirt – Gored skirt – Flared skirt – Pleats in the flared skirt – Gathers in the flared skirt – Pleated skirt – Side & Box pleated skirt – Kick pleated and inverted pleated skirt. Draping of basic straight slacks – Fitted slacks – Tapered slacks -Pegged slacks – Divided skirt
Unit IV Dart Manipulation Neck variations (9 Hrs) Cowls – basic front and back cowl, butterfly twist. Yokes - bodices yoke, hip yoke, and midriff yoke.
Unit V Draping Of Advanced Design Variations & Knit Garments (9 Hrs) Draping of bias – Cut slip Dress – Bustier Designs – basic Knit Bodice Dress – Knit Halter – Knit Leotard – Knit Panties. Draping of Flounces – Circular flounce – Shirred Flounce – Draping of Ruffles – Variable Ruffle finishes – Draping of peplums. Draping of ‘A’line shift – Draping of Princess Dress – Draping of Basic Jacket.
Text Books: 1. The Art of Fashion Draping Connie Amaden Crawford Fair Child Publication, New York Om Books International, New Delhi 2005 2. Draping for Fashion Design Hilde Jaffe & Nurie Relis Prentice Hall career & Technology, Engle wood Cliffs, USA 2002 3. Integrating draping, drafting and drawing, Abling, Bina and Maggio, Kathleen. Fairchild Books, Inc., 2008. 4. Patternmaking for Fashion Design, Helen Joseph-Armstrong, 4th Edition, Pearson Publication, 2012, 5. Draping for Apparel Design, Helen Joseph-Armstrong., 2013, 6. Cutting & Sewing Theory, Gayatri Verma & Kapil Dev, Asian Publishers, 2015
Reference Books: 1. The Art of Sewing, Thomas Anna Jacob, UBS Publishers Distributors Ltd. New Delhi, 1994 2. Cutting and Tailoring Theory , Verma G, Asian Publishers, Delhi, 1999
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
102 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020 Web References 1. https://style2designer.com/apparel/draping-mannequin/what-is-draping-technique-and-its-process/ 2. https://www.thecuttingclass.com/draping-and-moulage/ 3. https://www.youtube.com/watch?app=desktop&v=IpaEohZaoSc&feature=share 4. https://www.fibre2fashion.com/industry-article/7463/art-of-fashion-draping
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping Program Specific Program Outcomes (POs) COs Outcomes (PSOs) PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3 1 2 2 2 - 3 3 - - - 2 - - 1 2 - 2 2 2 2 - 3 3 - - - 2 - - 1 2 - 3 2 2 2 - 3 3 - - - 2 - - 1 2 - 4 2 2 2 - 3 3 - - - 2 - - 1 2 - 5 2 2 2 - 3 3 - - - 2 - - 1 2 - Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 - High
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
103 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
L T P C Hrs U20FTE403 INTIMATE APPAREL 3 0 0 3 45
Course Objectives • Learn the various body measurement of garment. • Learn about development of men’s wear • Learn about development of women’s wear. • Learn about the various girdles and design • Learn about the development of night wear design and production of intimate apparels Course Outcomes After completion of the course, the students will be able to CO1. Strong knowledge of various intimate apparel’s. (K3) CO2. Understand the development of men’s wear. (K3) CO3. Understand the development of women’s wear. (K3) CO4. Understand the various technical details of girdles and design (K2) CO5.Understand the development of night wear design and production of intimate apparels.(K3)
Unit I (9 Hrs) INTIMATE APPAREL: Types- whole body, upper body and lower body. Classification of kid‗s, women‘s and men‘s intimates. Quality requirements- fibers, fabrics, designs. Physical and physiological health effects of intimate apparel, comfort in intimate apparel.
Unit II (9 Hrs) MEN’S WEAR: Design and development, measurements , drafting procedure and construction sequence – long johns, tank top, tanga, boy shorts, knickers, bikini underwear, thong, boxer briefs, boxer shorts and jockstrap.
Unit III (9 Hrs) WOMEN’S LINGERIE: Design and development, measurements, drafting procedure and construction sequence - petticoats, panties, camisoles, spaghetti top, tube top, bikini. Brassiere - technology, innovations, bio-mechanical engineering of bra, basic block of bra pattern. Intimate apparel with special functions - sports bra, panty hose, swimwear, mastectomy bra and maternity underwear.
Unit IV (9 Hrs) INNOVATIONS OF GIRDLES - Introduction, historical development of girdles, classification of modern girdles, innovations of shape-up girdles, Inventions of health promoting girdles, materials for girdles, fabric properties in girdle design.
Unit V (9 Hrs) NIGHT WEAR: Design and development, measurements, drafting procedure and construction sequence - night gown, pajamas‘, negligee, peignoir and baby doll.
INTIMATE APPAREL PRODUCTION TECHNOLOGY- Accessories: Bra wire, hook & eye tape, ring & slider, buckle, plastic bone, elastics and threads Principles, methods, technical aspects and controls of lamination, molding and welding for production of intimate apparels.
Text Books: 1. C. Harlock, S.P. Ng ―Innovation and Technology of Women's Intimate Apparel‖, Woodhead Publishing Limited, England, 2006. 2. Ann Haggar, ― Pattern Cutting For Lingerie, Beach Wear And Leisure Wear‖, Black Well Science Limited, France, 2001.
Reference Books:
1. Lynn Nottage, ―Intimate Apparel / Fabulation‖, Theatre Communications Group, USA, 2006. 2. Stokes Terry, ―Intimate Apparel‖, Brooklyn: Release Press, USA, 1980. 3. Singer, ―Sewing Lingerie‖, Cy Decosse Incorporated, Mexico, 1991.
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
104 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
Web References 1. https://www.intechopen.com/books/textile-manufacturing-processes/innovation-in-the-comfort-of-intimate- apparel 2. https://www.fibre2fashion.com/industry-article/7664/india-gears-up-to-rule-the-intimate-apparel-market
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping Program Specific Program Outcomes (POs) COs Outcomes (PSOs) PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3 1 1 2 - - - 2 3 - 2 - 2 - 1 2 - 2 1 2 - - - 2 3 - 2 - 2 - 1 2 - 3 1 2 - - - 2 3 - 2 - 2 - 1 2 - 4 1 2 - - - 2 3 - 2 - 2 - 1 2 - 5 1 2 - - - 2 3 - 2 - 2 - 1 2 - Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 - High
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
105 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
L T P C Hrs U20FTE404 FASHION PORTFOLIO 3 0 0 3 45 Course Objectives • To explain various students document presentation skills. • To explain various forecasting and importance. • To teach Fashion presentation with various media. • To explain various technical details and documents. • To explain fundamentals of designer display folders & different design options.
Course Outcomes After completion of the course, the students will be able to CO1. Understand the various students document presentation skills (K2) CO2. Understand the various forecasting and importance. (K3) CO3. Understand the Fashion presentation with various media. (K3) CO4. Understand the various technical details and documents (K3) CO5. Understand the selection of designer display folders & different design options are possible for showcasing their creative works.. (K4)
UNIT I (9 Hrs) Portfolio Preparation- Introduction, Definition, Types, importance and need, presentation skills using various media. UNIT II (9 Hrs) Fashion Forecasting- Introduction, Definition, Types, Methods, Sources. Colour forecasting- importance, need and application UNIT III (9 Hrs) Fashion Presentation Boards- Inspiration Boards, Theme Board, Mood Board, concept Board, Colour board, Swatch Board, Client board, Illustrations
UNIT IV (9 Hrs) Technical details- Material Handling, Material Management, Flat sketch, Spec Sheet, cost sheet,
UNIT V (9 Hrs) Fashion Photography- Introduction, Definition, types, Importance, Selection of Location, Lights- Day light, Night Light. Speed, aperture, ISO Fashion show-Introduction, Types, Importance, techniques, choreography, Makeup and hair style.
Text Books: 1. Linda Tain “Portfolio Presentation for Fashion Designers”, Fairchild Publication Inc., 4th edition, New York 2018 2. Gini Stephens Frings, “Fashion – From concept to Consumer”. Pearson Education, 9th edition 2007
References Books:
1. Nancy Riegelman, “Colours for modern Fashion- Drawing fashion with coloured markers.” Nine Heads media, I edition 2006. 2. Jeremy Web, “ Basics Creative Photography- Design Principles”, Bloomsbury Visual Arts, Ist edition 2017
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
106 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
Web References 1. https://www.behance.net/gallery/71373427/Fashion-Design-portfolio 2. https://www.pixpa.com/examples/fashion 3. https://successfulfashiondesigner.com/fashion-portfolio/fashion-portfolio-checklist/
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping Program Specific Program Outcomes (POs) COs Outcomes (PSOs) PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3 1 2 2 - - 3 - - - 2 2 - - 3 2 - 2 2 2 - - 3 - - - 2 2 - - 3 2 - 3 2 2 - - 3 - - - 2 2 - - 3 2 - 4 2 2 - - 3 - - - 2 2 - - 3 2 - 5 2 2 - - 3 - - - 2 2 - - 3 2 - Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 - High
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
107 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
L T P C Hrs U20FTE405 HIGH FASHION DESIGNING 3 0 0 3 45 Course Objectives • To explain various haute couture. • To explain various haute couture designers. • To teach various Fashion of Bridal wear. • To teach various Fashion of Western wear. • To teach fashion of celebrity collections. • To teach various rampwalk collections.
Course Outcomes After completion of the course, the students will be able to CO1. Understand the various applications of haute couture. (K2) CO2. Understand the concept of haute culture designer’s process.(k2) CO3. Understand and various application of Fashion in Bridal wear. (K3) CO4. Understand and various application of Fashion in western wear. (K3) CO5. Understand the various concepts of celebrity collections. (K3) CO6. Understand the various technical concepts of rampwalk collections. (K4)
UNIT -I (7 Hrs) INTRODUCTION TO HAUTE COUTURE: Couture tools, supplies and applications, understanding muscular and skeletal functions of the human body, body types – Apple, Pear, Hourglass, rectangle, Garment Silhouttes - measurement taking and custom fitting, history of haute couture and current trends
UNIT -II (8 Hrs) HAUTE COUTURE DESIGNERS: Profile, collections, brand, Trade fairs, Introduction on Haute-a-porter, Elements and Principles of design, Identification of inspiration, choosing a theme or concept, development of mood board, story board, fabric board, colour board, design board, portfolio development and communication
UNIT -III (8 Hrs) BRIDAL WEAR: Categories of Bridalwear, design principle requirements, Factors influencing the designing of bridalwear, selection of fabrics, colour, silhouette, binding, facing, hemming, interlinings, support materials, trimmings, decorative techniques and embellishments for bridal wear collection.
UNIT -I V (8 Hrs) WESTERN WEAR: Categories of Western wear for men, women and children, Trend analysis, Factors influencing the designing of western wear, selection of fabrics, silhouette, colour, trimmings, decorative techniques and embellishments for western wear collection.
UNIT -V (7 Hrs) CELEBRITY COLLECTIONS: Understanding the customer, Factors influencing the designing of celebrity collection, selection of fabrics, silhouette, colour, trimmings, decorative techniques and embellishments for celebrity collection. Design interpretation of design collection
UNIT -VI (7 Hrs) RAMPWALK COLLECTIONS: International Fashion shows, Factors influencing the designing of collection for fashion shows, selection of fabrics, colour, silhouette, binding, facing, hemming, interlinings, support materials, trimmings, decorative techniques and embellishments for ramp collections
Text Books: 1. Claire B. Shaeffer, High-Fashion Sewing Secrets from the World's Best Designers: Step-By-Step Guide to Sewing Stylish Seams, Buttonholes, Pockets, Collars, Hems and More (Rodale Sewing Book) 1997, Rodale Press; third edition. 2. Debby Roosa, A Designer's Book of Bridal Gowns, The Fashiondex, Inc.,2004.
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
108 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
Reference Books:
1. Lynda Maynard, The Dressmaker's Handbook of Couture Sewing Techniques: Essential Step-by-Step Techniques for Professional Results, 2010, Interweave; Spi edition 2. Marie Clayton, ―Ultimate Sewing Bible – A Complete Reference with Step-by-Step Techniques‖, Collins & Brown, London, 2008. 3. Laing R M and Webster J, ―Stitches and Seams‖, Textile Progress, The Textile Institute, Manchester,1998.
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping Program Specific Program Outcomes (POs) COs Outcomes (PSOs) PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3 1 1 2 - - - 2 3 - 2 - 2 - 1 2 - 2 1 2 - - - 2 3 - 2 - 2 - 1 2 - 3 1 2 - - - 2 3 - 2 - 2 - 1 2 - 4 1 2 - - - 2 3 - 2 - 2 - 1 2 - 5 1 2 - - - 2 3 - 2 - 2 - 1 2 - 6 1 2 - - - 2 3 - 2 - 2 1 2 Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
109 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
ELECTRICAL SAFETY L T P C Hrs U20EEO402 (Common to ECE, ICE, MECH, CIVIL, Mechatronics, CCE, BME, IT, CSE, FT) 3 0 0 3 45 Course Objectives • To familiarize the Indian Electricity Rules and Act related with electrical safety. • To provide a knowledge about electrical shocks and safety precautions. • To create awareness of the electrical safety associated with installation of electrical equipment. • To analyze different Hazardous areas for electrical safety. • To expose knowledge about necessity of safety policy and safety management. Course Outcomes After completion of the course, the students will be able to CO1 - Describe the Indian Electricity (IE) acts and various rules for electrical safety. (K2) CO2 - Expose safety measures to prevent electrical shock in handling of domestic electrical appliances. (K3) CO3 - Evaluate the safety aspects during installation of plant and equipment. (K3) CO4 - Describe the various hazardous area and application of electrical safety in various places. (K3) CO5 - Acquire knowledge about importance of electrical safety training to improve quality management in electrical systems. (K3)
UNIT I CONCEPTS AND STATUTORY REQUIREMENTS (9 Hrs) Objective and scope of electrical safety - National electrical Safety code - Statutory requirements – Indian Electricity acts related to electrical Safety - Safety electrical one line diagram - International standards on electrical safety safe limits of current and voltage - Grounding of electrical equipment of low voltage and high voltage systems - Safety policy - Electrical safety certificate requirement UNIT II ELECTRICAL SHOCKS AND THEIR PREVENTION (9 Hrs) Primary and secondary electrical shocks - Possibilities of getting electrical shock and its severity - Effect of electrical shock of human being - Shocks due to flash/ Spark over’s - Firing shock - Multi storied building - Prevention of shocks - Safety precautions - Safe guards for operators - Do’s and Don’ts for safety in the use of domestic electrical appliances - Case studies on electrical causes of fire and explosion
UNIT III SAFETY DURING INSTALLATION, TESTING AND COMMISSIONING, OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE (9 Hrs) Need for inspection and maintenance - Preliminary preparations - Field quality and safety - Personal protective equipment - Safe guards for operators - Safety equipment - Risks during installation of electrical plant and equipment - Effect of lightning current on installation and buildings - Safety aspects during installation -Safety during installation of electrical rotating machines - Importance of earthing in installation– Agricultural pump installation UNIT IV HAZARDOUS ZONES (9 Hrs) Primary and secondary hazards - Hazardous area classification and of electrical equipments (IS, NFPA, API and OSHA standards) - Explosive gas area classifications: Class I(Division 1) - Zone 0, Zone 1, zone 2 classified locations, Design Philosophy for Equipment and installations-Classification of equipment enclosure for various hazardous gases and vapors - flash hazard calculation and approach distances- calculating the required level of arc protection
UNIT V SAFETY MANAGEMENT OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS (9 Hrs) Principles of Safety Management - Occupational safety and health administration standards - Safety organization - Safety auditing - Employee electrical safety teams - Electrical safety training to improve Quality management - Total quality control and management – Importance of high load factor - Causes of low power factor - Disadvantages of low power factor - Power factor improvement - Importance of P.F. improvement - Case studies of electrical workplace safety practices.
Text books 1. John Cadick, Mary CapelliSchellpfeffer, Dennis Neitzel, Al Winfield, “Electrical Safety Handbook”, McGraw-Hill Education, 4th Edition, 2012. 2. Madden, M. John, “Electrical Safety and the Law: A Guide to Compliance”, Wiley publications, 4th Edition, 2002. 3. Mohamed A. El-Sharkawi, “Electric Safety: Practice and Standards”, CRC Press; 1st Edition, 2013. Reference books 1. Rob Zachariason, “Electrical Safety”, Delmar Cengage Learning, 1st Edition, 2011. 2. Peter E. Sutherland, “Principles of Electrical Safety”, Wiley-IEEE Press; 1st Edition, 2014.
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
110 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020 Web References 1. https://www.apeasternpower.com/downloads/elecact2003.pdf 2. https://safetyculture.com/topics/electrical-hazards/ 3. https://www.jove.com/science-education/10114/electrical-safety-precautions-and-basic-equipment 4. https://electrical-engineering-portal.com/21-safety-rules-for-working-with-electrical-equipment 5. https://www.electrical4u.com/safety-precautions-for-electrical-system/ 6. https://www.constellation.com/energy-101/electrical-safety-tips.html
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping Program Specific Program Outcomes (POs) COs Outcomes (PSOs) PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3 1 3 3 3 2 - 2 ------2 - - 2 3 3 3 2 - 2 ------2 - - 3 3 3 3 2 - 2 ------2 - - 4 3 3 3 2 - 2 ------2 - - 5 3 3 3 2 - 2 ------2 - -
Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
111 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
CONSUMER ELECTRONICS L T P C Hours U20ECO402 (Common to EEE, ICE, CSE, MECH, IT, CIVIL, CCE, 3 0 0 3 45 BME, Mechatronics, FT) Course Objectives • To enable the troubleshoot of different types of microphones and loudspeakers • To make the students to analyze the working of digital console, digital FM tuner and troubleshoot audio systems • To train and test the working of various colour TV • To empower them to troubleshoot colour TV receivers • To equip them to maintain various electronic home and office appliances
Course Outcomes After completion of the course, students will be able to CO1 -Describe the fundamental audio characteristics and measurements, operating principles of microphone and loudspeaker (K1) CO2 -Explain the working of digital console, digital FM tuner and troubleshoot the audio systems (K2) CO3 -Distinguish the salient features of colour TV and Monochrome and troubleshoot TV camera (K2) CO4 -Demonstrate various interfaces in digital TV, the working of DTH receiver, CD/DVD players (K3) CO5 -Explain the working of FAX, Microwave oven, Washing machine, Air conditioner, Refrigerators and camera (K2)
UNIT -I AUDIO FUNDAMENTALS AND DEVICES (9 Hrs) Basic characteristics of sound signal, Microphone- working principle, sensitivity, nature of response. Types of Microphone, Loud speaker- working principle, Woofers and Tweeters, characteristics. Types of Loudspeaker. Sound recording
UNIT-II AUDIO SYSTEMS (9 Hrs) Introduction to audio system, Digital Console- Block diagram, working principle, applications, FM tuner- concepts of digital tuning, ICs used in FM tuner TD702IT, PA address system- Planning, speaker impedance matching, characteristics, Power amplifier specification
UNIT -III TELEVISION SYSTEMS (9 Hrs) Monochrome TV standards, Components of TV system, scanning process, aspect ratio, persistence of vision and flicker, interlace scanning, picture resolution. Composite video signal, Colour TV standards, colour theory, hue, brightness, saturation, luminance and chrominance. Different types of TV camera.
UNIT -IV TELEVISION RECEIVERS AND VIDEO STANDARDS (9 Hrs) Colour TV receiver- block diagram, Digital TVs- LCD, LED , PLASMA, HDTV, 3-D TV, projection TV, DTH receiver, Video interface: Composite, Component, Separate Video, Digital Video, SDI, HDMI, Digital Video Interface, CD and DVD player: working principles, interfaces
UNIT -V HOME AND OFFICE APPLIANCES (9 Hrs) Microwave Oven: Types, technical specifications. Washing Machine: hardware and software. Air conditioner and Refrigerators: Components features, applications, and technical specification. Digital camera and cam coder: - pick up devices, picture processing, picture storage
Text Books 1. Bali S.P. , ‘Consumer Electronics’, copyright 2008,Pearson Education India 2. Bali R and Bali S.P. ‘Audio video systems : principle practices & troubleshooting’, Khanna Book Publishing Co. (P) Ltd 3. Gulati R.R., ‘Modern Television practices’, 5th edition, 2015, New Age International Publication (P) Ltd
Reference Books 1. Gupta R.G., ‘Audio video systems’, 2nd edition,2017, Tata Mcgraw Hill, New Delhi, India 2. Whitaker Jerry & Benson Blair, ‘Mastering Digital Television’, McGraw-Hill Professional, 2006 3. Whitaker Jerry & Benson Blair, ‘Standard handbook of Audio engineering’, 2nd edition,2002, McGraw-Hill Professional
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
112 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
Web References 1. http://www.scientificamerican.com/article.cfm?id = experts. bluetooth-work 2. http://www.cosc.brocku.ca/Offerings/3P92/seminars/HDTV.ppt 3. http://www.circuitstoday.com/blu-ray-technology-working 4. http://www.freevideolectures.com
COs Mapping with POs and PSOs Program Specific Program Outcomes (POs) COs Outcomes (PSOs) PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3 CO1 2 - 2 1 - 1 ------1 - - CO2 2 - 2 1 - 1 ------1 - - CO3 2 - 2 1 - 1 ------1 - - CO4 2 - 2 1 - 1 ------1 - - CO5 2 - 2 1 - 1 ------1 - - Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
113 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
SENSORS AND TRANSDUCERS L T P C Hrs U20ICO401 (Common to ECE, CSE, IT, MECH, CIVIL, CCE, 3 0 0 3 45 AI&DS, FT) Course Objectives ● Get to know the methods of measurement, classification of transducers and to analyze error. ● Get exposed to different types of resistive transducers and their application areas ● To acquire knowledge on capacitive and inductive transducers. ● To gain knowledge on variety of transducers ● To introduce about advancements in sensor technology.
Course Outcomes After completion of the course, the students will be able to CO1 - Understand the concepts of classification of Transducers. (K2) CO2 - Familiar with the working of resistance Transducer. (K3) CO3 - Familiar with the principle and working of various Inductive and Capacitive transducer.(K1) CO4 - Able to design signal conditioning circuit for various transducers.(K3) CO5 - Able to identify or choose a transducer for a specific measurement application.(K4)
UNIT I CLASSIFICATION OF TRANSDUCERS (9 Hrs) General concepts and terminology of measurement systems, transducer classification, general input-output configuration, static and dynamic characteristics of a measurement system, Statistical analysis of measurement data.
UNIT II RESISTANCE TRANSDUCERS (9 Hrs) Resistive transducers: Potentiometers, metal and semiconductor strain gauges and signal conditioning circuits, strain gauge applications: Load and torque measurement, Digital displacement sensors.
UNIT III INDUCTIVE AND CAPACITIVE TRANSDUCERS (9 Hrs) Transducers: – Principle of operation, construction details, characteristics and applications of LVDT, Induction potentiometer – Variable reluctance transducers – Synchros – Microsyn – Principle of operation, construction details, characteristics of capacitive transducers – Different types & Signal Conditioning – Applications:- Capacitor microphone, Capacitive pressure sensor, Proximity sensor.
UNIT IV OTHER TRANSDUCERS (9 Hrs) Piezoelectric transducers and their signal conditioning, Seismic transducer and its dynamic response, photoelectric transducers, Hall effect sensors, Magnetostrictive transducers. Eddy current transducers. Hall effect transducers – Optical sensors, IC sensor for temperature – signal conditioning circuits, Introduction to Fiber optic sensors – Temperature, pressure, flow and level measurement using fiber optic sensors
UNIT V SMART TRANSDUCER (9 Hrs) Introduction to semiconductor sensor, materials, scaling issues and basics of micro fabrication. Smart sensors,Intelligent sensor, Mems Sensor, Nano-sensors, SQUID Sensors- Environmental Monitoring sensors
Text Books 1. Doebelin E.O. and Manik D.N., “Measurement Systems”, 6th Edition, McGraw-Hill Education Pvt. Ltd.,2011. 2. Neubert H.K.P., Instrument Transducers – An Introduction to their Performance and Design, Oxford University Press, Cambridge,2003 3. Neubert H.K.P., Instrument Transducers – An Introduction to their Performance and DesignClarendon, Oxford 2ndeditionJacobFraden - 2010 4. DoeblinE..O. “Measurement System Applications and Design”, TMH, 5thEdition, 2004.
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
114 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020 Reference Books 1. BelaG. Liptak,InstrumentEngineers'Handbook,ProcessMeasurementand Analysis, 4th Edition, Vol.1 ISA/CRC Press,2003. 2. BelaG.Liptak,InstrumentEngineers'Handbook, Process Measurement and Analysis, 4th edition, Vol.2 ASME PTC ,2018 3. D. Patranabis, Sensors and Transducers, 2nd edition, Prentice Hall of India, 2010. E.A. 4. John P. Bentley, Principles of Measurement Systems, 3rd Edition, Pearson Education,2000.
Web References 1. www.electrical4u.com 2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108108147/ 3. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1uPTyjxZzyo
COs Mapping with POs and PSOs Program Specific Program Outcomes (POs) COs Outcomes (PSOs) PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3 CO1 1 1 - 1 ------1 - - CO2 1 1 - 1 ------1 - - CO3 1 1 2 1 ------1 - - CO4 1 1 - 1 ------1 - - CO5 1 1 - 1 ------1 - - Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
115 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
RAPID PROTOYPING L T P C Hrs U20MEO401 (Common to EEE, ECE, ICE, CIVIL, BME, FT) 3 0 0 3 45
Course Objectives • To understand the development of RP systems • To learn the classification of liquid based and solid based rapid prototyping systems • To understand the powder based rapid prototyping systems • To learn about the materials for rapid prototyping systems • To discuss about the reverse engineering and new technologies
Course Outcomes After completion of the course, the students will be able to CO1 - Acquire knowledge about the product development (K1) CO2 - Analyse the classification of liquid based and solid based rapid prototyping systems (K4) CO3 - Analyse the powder based rapid prototyping systems (K4) CO4 - Acquire knowledge about the materials for rapid prototyping systems (K1) CO5 - Acquire knowledge about reverse engineering and new technologies (K1)
UNIT I INTRODUCTION (9 Hrs) History – Development of RP systems – Applications in Product Development, Reverse Engineering, Rapid Tooling, Rapid Manufacturing- Principle – Fundamental – File format – Other translators – medical applications of RP - On demand manufacturing – Direct material deposition - Shape Deposition Manufacturing.
UNIT II LIQUID BASED AND SOLID BASED RAPID PROTOTYPING SYSTEMS (9 Hrs) Classification – Liquid based system - Stereolithography Apparatus (SLA), details of SL process, products, Advantages, Limitations, Applications and Uses. Solid based system - Fused Deposition Modeling, principle, process, products, advantages, applications and uses - Laminated Object Manufacturing.
UNIT III POWDER BASED RAPID PROTOTYPING SYSTEMS (9 Hrs) Selective Laser Sintering – principles of SLS process, principle of sinter bonding process, Laser sintering materials, products, advantages, limitations, applications and uses. Three Dimensional Printing – process, major applications, research and development. Direct shell production casting – key strengths, process, applications and uses, case studies, research and development. Laser Sintering System, e-manufacturing using Laser sintering, customized plastic parts, customized metal parts, e-manufacturing - Laser Engineered Net Shaping (LENS).
UNIT IV MATERIALS FOR RAPID PROTOTYPING SYSTEMS (9 Hrs) Nature of material – type of material – polymers, metals, ceramics and composites liquid based materials, photo polymer development – solid based materials, powder based materials - case study.
UNIT V REVERSE ENGINEERING AND NEW TECHNOLOGIES (9 Hrs) Introduction, measuring device- contact type and non-contact type, CAD model creation from point clouds- preprocessing, point clouds to surface model creation, medical data processing - types of medical imaging, software for making medical models, medical materials, other applications - Case study. Text Books 1. Rafiq I. Noorani, Rapid Prototyping – Principles and Applications, Wiley & Sons, 2006. 2. 2. Chua C.K, Leong K.F and Lim C.S, Rapid Prototyping: Principles and Applications, second edition, World Scientific, 2003. 3. Amitav Ghosh Introduction to Rapid Prototyping, North West Publication, New Delhi, 2008.
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
116 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020 Reference Books 1. Hopkinson N, R.J.M, Hauge, P M, Dickens, “Rapid Manufacturing – An Industrial revolution for the digital age”, Wiley, 2006
2. Ian gibson, “Advanced Manufacturing Technology for Medical applications: Reverse Engineering, Software conversion and Rapid Prototying”, Wiley, 2006
3. Paul F.Jacobs, Rapid Prototyping and Manufacturing, “Fundamentals of Stereolithography”, McGraw Hill 1993.
4. Pham D.T and Dimov, “Rapid Manufacturing”, Springer Verlog 2001.
5. Liou W.Liou, Frank W.Liou ,”Rapid Prototyping and Engineering applications : A tool box for prototype development”, CRC Press, 2007.
Web References 1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/104/112104265/ 2. https://www.digimat.in/nptel/courses/video/112104265/L01.html 3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/107/112107078/ 4. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=oDdOqLblmVQ 5. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=OhNnKTaciVI
COs Mapping with POs and PSOs Program Specific Program Outcomes (POs) Outcomes (PSOs) COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
1 3 3 3 3 1 ------2 1 1 1 2 3 3 3 3 1 ------2 1 1 1 3 3 3 3 3 1 ------2 1 1 1 4 3 3 3 3 1 ------2 1 1 1 5 3 3 3 3 1 ------2 1 1 1 Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 - High
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
117 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
L T P C Hrs U20MEO403 INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING FOR TEXTILE 3 0 0 3 45
Course Objectives • To understand terms related to production, productivity and roles and responsibilities of industrial engineer • To utilize the various Industrial Engineering techniques in apparel manufacturing process. • To understand the Material movement in the apparel manufacturing process. • To apply IE technique in apparel industry • To use modern tools of IE Course Outcomes After completion of the course, the students will be able to CO1. Implement the industrial Engineering concepts and determine the factors affecting productivity.(K3) CO2. Assess the productivity in the apparel industry and plan productivity management strategies. (K3) CO3. Determine the material management functions and execute planning techniques in calculating the material requirements. (K4) CO4. Apply IE technique in apparel industry. (K4) CO5. Use modern tools of IE.(K4)
UNIT –I (9 Hrs) Industrial Engineering - Definition, scope, techniques, roles and functions of industrial engineer in apparel industry. Productivity - Definition, measurement methods, causes for low productivity in apparel industry, suggestions for productivity improvement: Industrial engineering and lean manufacturing techniques. Work study- Definition, techniques, procedure. Basic work content and added work content, reduction of work content and ineffective time. Work study and productivity.
UNIT -II (9 Hrs) Concept of Productivity - Productivity Definition-Importance-Productivity-Managements Role and Responsibility-The Key Elements Of Productivity-Productivity Measurement-Productivity Analysis-Productivity Improvement; Total Productivity Management - Introduction- Adoption of Total Productivity Management And Techniques For Total Productivity Expansion- Procedures For Adopting And Advancing The Use of Total Productivity Management. Benefits of increased productivity.
UNIT -III (9 Hrs) Work Study and Work Sampling - Introduction, importance, advantages and procedure Method study -Introduction, definition, objective, scope and steps involvement in method study, selection of job, recording techniques flow - chart, micro-motion study , critical examination, operational analysis, therblings, Simo chart, Travel chart and String diagram,. Work Measurement- Introduction, definition, objective, techniques of work measurement, time study equipment, performance rating and allowances. Synthetic data – MTM, PMTS and GSD in apparel industry.
UNIT -IV (9 Hrs) Application of IE technique in apparel industry - Operational breakdown of different product- Shirt, T-shirt and trouser, capacity study , line balancing, multiskilling, thread consumption, learning curve, takt time, operator and line efficiency , WIP control and there importance, Value analysis and Engineering, value added activities. Job evaluation and merit rating.
UNIT -V (9 Hrs) Modern tools for IE - Lean manufacturing and tools- Introduction, History, scope and importance. 5S, kaizen, VSM, ECRSA, Poka-yoke, Gemba, Andon, Kanban, PDCA, JIT, TPM, OEE, Bottleneck analysis, Six sigma. VAS software.
Text Books: 1. V.Ramesh babu, Industrial Engineering in Apparel Production,Woodhead publishing india,ISBN 9780857091079,November 2011 2. Kjell B. Zandin and Harold B. Maynard, Maynard's Industrial Engineering Handbook, McGraw-Hill Professional, 2001. B.Tech. Fashion Technology
118 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020 3. Jacob Solinger, Apparel Manufacturing Handbook, Bobbin Blenheim Media Corporation, Nashville, USA, 1988. 4. W. G. Ireson and E. L. Grant, Handbook of Industrial Engineering and Management, Prentice Hall of Robi, New Delhi, 1988. 5. Johnson Maurice, Introduction to Work Study, International Labour Organization, Geneva, 1995. 6. O. P. Khanna, Industrial Engineering & Management, Dhanpat Rai & Sons, Delhi, 1987. 7. George Kanawaty, ILO, ―Introduction to Work study‖, Universal Publishing Corporation, Mumbai, 2005. 8. Kiell B.Zandin, Maynard‘s ―Industrial Engineering Hand Book‖, Mc Graw Hill, Inc. New York, 2001. Reference Books: 1. Chuter A J ―Introduction to Clothing Production Management‖, Blackwell Publishing, Oxford, UK, 2007. 2. Colovic.G. ―Management of technology systems in garment industry‖ Woodhead publishing India Pvt Ltd, New Delhi, 2010. 3. Rajesh Bheda, ―Managing Productivity of Apparel industry‖ CBI publishers and Distributors, New Delhi 2002.
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping Program Specific Program Outcomes (POs) COs Outcomes (PSOs) PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3 1 2 3 2 - 1 2 ------2 - 2 2 2 3 2 - 1 2 ------2 - 2 3 2 3 2 - 1 ------2 - 2 4 2 3 2 - 1 2 ------2 - 2 5 2 - - - 1 ------2 - 2 Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
119 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
ENERGY AND ENVIRONMENT L T P C Hours U20CEO401 (Common to ECE, ECE, MECH, BME, IT, FT, Mechatronics) 3 0 0 3 45
Course Objectives • Explain the importance of energy, classifications of energy sources and energy demand scenario • Analyze the impacts of energy on environment & sustainability energy options • Outline the harness of hydropower and geothermal energy sources • Discuss the aspects of solar and wind energy • To study the importance of biomass energy and its applications
Course Outcomes At the end of Course students will be able to. CO1 - Apply the knowledge of science & engineering to the contemporary issues of Energy for better humankind & environment (K3) CO2 - Identify, review & analyze the complex problems of Energy crises in environment (K4) CO3 - Designing solutions for the energy crises in the form of renewable energy systems to meet the needs by understanding the limitations (K4) CO4 - Understanding the impact of energy on environment and providing solutions for sustainable development. (K5) CO5 – Apply biomass energy under relevant technologies (K3)
UNIT I ENERGY (9 Hrs) Introduction, Importance of energy, role of energy consumption in economic and social transformation, Energy needs and crisis. Energy production and utilization. Types and classification of energy sources, Conventional & unconventional energy, Renewable sources & Nonrenewable sources of energy advantages, limitations, comparisons
UNIT II ENVIRONMENT (9 Hrs) Impact of energy on economy &environment. Regional impacts of temperature change - Global warming, Greenhouse effect, Acid rain, Ozone layer depletion. Indian environment degradation, Environmental laws - Water Act-1974 (Prevention & control of pollution), The environment protection act 1986, Air act.
UNIT III HYDROPOWER & GEOTHERMAL ENERGY (9 Hrs) Hydropower Energy – Introduction, Site selection, layout of hydro power plant, components & working, classifications, power station, structure and control. Geothermal Energy - Introduction, Site selection, layout of power plant, components & working, Advantages and disadvantages.
UNIT IV SOLAR & WIND ENERGY (9 Hrs) Sun as source of energy - Introduction, Site selection, layout of power plant components & working, classifications, Types of collectors, collection systems efficiency, Solar cells. Wind Energy - Introduction, advantages/limitations, Site selection, layout of power plant, components &working, classification.
UNIT V BIOMASS ENERGY (9 Hrs) Introduction, advantages/limitations, Photosynthesis, biomass fuel, biomass gasification, biogas from waste biomass, factors affecting biogas generation, types of biogas plant, Biomass programme in India,
Text Books 1. Trivedi R.R. and Jalka K.R, “Energy Management”, Commonwealth Publication, 20177. 2. Diamant R.M.E., “Total Energy”, Pergamon, OxfordPublishers, 2017. 3. N.G. AJJANNA “ Energy auditing & demand side management” first edition, Gouthami Publications, Shimoga 4. Chakrabarti, M.L.Soni, P.V. Gupta,U.S. Bhatnagar “ Power system Engineering” 2001, DhanpatRai&Co, New Delhi. 5. D.P.Kothari, K.C Singal, Rajesh Ranjan, “Renewable Energy sources and Emerging Technologies” second edition , PHI , India
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
120 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020 Reference Books 1. Boyle G, Everett B and Ramett J, “Energy systems and sustainability”, Oxford University Press, 2018 2. "Pollution Control Acts, Rules and Notifications", CPCB, Pollution Control series, PC/2/2014, Vol.I,2014 3. Peavy.H, Rowe.D, and Tchobanoglous, G., Environmental Engineering, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2013 4. S.Rao, Dr. BB Parulekar “Energy Technologies” Khanna Publications , New Delhi 5. David M Buchla, Thomas E Kissel, Thomas L Floyd “Renewable Energy systems” Pearson, India 6. Godfrey Boyle “Renewable Energy power for sustainable future” oxford Publications , New Delhi
Web References 1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc20_ce23/announcements 2. https://swayam.gov.in/nd1_noc20_ce23/preview 3. www.iucn.org 4. www.cites.org 5. www.thesummitbali.com/ 6. http://engineering geology.gov.in/
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping Program Specific Program Outcomes (POs) Outcomes (PSOs) PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3 CO1 1 1 2 1 2 2 1 - - - - 3 - - - CO2 1 1 1 - - 2 1 - - - - 3 - - - CO3 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 - 1 1 2 3 - - - CO4 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 - 1 1 2 3 - - - CO5 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 - 1 1 2 3 - - - Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
121 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
L T P C Hrs U20FTT515 GARMENT CONSTRUCTION - II 3 0 0 3 45 Course Objectives • To describe importance of fabric grain, • To describe importance of Fit and pattern alteration • To explain advanced draping, drafting and labelling of garments. • To explain quality aspects of garment. • To explain advanced tools of garment construction. Course Outcomes After completion of the course, the students will be able to CO1 - Explain describe importance of fabric grain. (K2) CO2 - Explain describe importance of Fit and pattern alteration. (K3) CO3 - Explain advanced draping, drafting and labelling of garments. (K2) CO4 - Explain quality aspects of garment. (K3) CO5 - Explain advanced tools of garment construction. (K4)
UNIT I FABRIC GRAIN (9 Hrs) Importance of grain in fabric cutting & garment construction, various methods of straightening the grain & fabric ends for woven and knit fabrics. Material handling processes for various fabrics.
UNIT II FITTING AND PATTERN ALTERATION (9 Hrs) Principles of good fit, Sequence of fitting Alterations to achieve a good fit, Fitting problems associated with various garments and solutions. General principles & importance of shortening, lengthening of blouse, increasing & decreasing of shoulder slope, increasing the depth and opening of necklines, altering sleeve cap, alternation of patterns for defective/ unusual figures.
UNIT III GARMENT CONSTRUCTION AND LABELLING (9 Hrs) Drafting- vest coat, jacket and jeans. Draping-Sleeve, flared and gored skirt, pants, collars, and dresses. Specialty Garment Construction: Construction procedure for: Firefighting suit, Floater’s jacket, Space Suit etc. machinery and equipment required for the same. Labelling of garments: Introduction, importance, types of labels, American- ISO and other care labelling symbols and system.
UNIT IV QUALITY (9 Hrs) Definitions, Objective and subjective aspects of quality, 3D and Eight dimensions of Quality, QA and QC, Evolution of quality concepts: SQC, TQC, TQM, ISO 9000, Types of inspection, Statistical Sampling, AQL, 4 point and 10 point inspection, fabric defects and garment defects, factory evaluation, quality assurance in various departments, Quality improvement methodologies, Use of QC tools, Cost of quality conformance and non-conformance. Fabric and garment testing, role of different stake holders in quality of apparels, Quality Improvement case study. UNIT V ADVANCE TOOLS FOR GARMENT CONSTRUCTION (9 Hrs) Introduction, latest software programmes, attachments, features of modern garment construction machines. Case studies. Text Books 1. Jacob Solinger, “Apparel Production Handbook”, Reinhold Publications,1998 2. Carr H and Latham B., “The Technology of Clothing Manufacturing”, Blackwell Science, U.K.,1994 3. Gerry Cooklin, “Garment Technology ForFashionDesigners”, Black well Science, 2000
Reference Books 1. Ruth E. Glock, Grace I. Kunz, “Apparel Manufacturing, Sewn Product Analysis”, fourth edition, Pearson Education, ISBN: 8177580760159 2. Laing R.M., Webster J, “Stitches & Seams”, The Textile Institute, India,1998 3. Shaeffer Claire, “Sewing for the Apparel Industry”, Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 2001 4. Singer, “Sewing Lingerie”, Cy De Cosse Incorporated, 1991. B.Tech. Fashion Technology
122 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020 5. Patty Brown & Janett Rice, “Ready-To-Wear Apparel Analysis’”, Third Edition, Prientice Hall Inc., New Jersey,ISBN:0130254347. 6. Ruth Glock, Grace I. Kunz, “Apparel Manufacturing”, Dorling Kindersley Publishing Inc., New Jersey, 1995, ISDN: 0-02-344142-9 7. Pradip V.Mehta, “An Introduction to Quality Control for the Apparel Industry”, J.S.N. Internationals, 1992
Web References 1. https://www.thecuttingclass.com/grainlines/ 2. https://www.thesprucecrafts.com/sewing-pattern-alteration-and-fitting-articles-2977364 3. https://www.fibre2fashion.com/industry-article/2111/garment-labels-types-and-styles 4. https://www.fibre2fashion.com/industry-article/3055/quality-systems-for-garment- 5. https://sergerpepper.com/2014/01/sewing-tools-notions.html COs/POs/PSOs Mapping Program Specific Program Outcomes (POs) COs Outcomes (PSOs) PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3 1 1 2 3 - 2 - - - 2 1 - - 1 2 2 2 2 1 3 - 2 - - - 2 1 - - 1 2 2 3 1 2 3 - 2 - - - 2 1 - - 1 2 2 4 1 2 3 - 2 - - - 2 1 - - 1 2 2 5 2 2 3 - 2 - - - 2 1 - - 1 2 2 Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
123 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
TEXTILE TESTING AND APPAREL QUALITY L T P C Hrs U20FTT516 EVALUATION 3 0 0 3 45 Course Objectives • Students will have fundamental knowledge Sampling and quality standards. • Students will know the methodology of working of fiber &yarn testing instruments. • Students will have fundamental knowledge Fabric Testing - Mechanical Properties • Students will have fundamental knowledge on Fabric Testing – Aesthetics and comfort properties • Students will know the methodology of quality assurance in the apparel industry.
Course Outcomes (COs) After completion of the course, the students will be able to CO1 - Acquire knowledge in sampling techniques and quality standards (K2) CO2 - Apply knowledge in principles of working of fiber &yarn testing instruments. (K2) CO3 - Acquire knowledge in Fabric Testing - Mechanical Properties. (K3) CO4 - Acquire knowledge in Fabric Testing - Aesthetics and comfort properties. (K3) CO5 - Acquire knowledge of quality assurance in the apparel industry. (K2)
UNIT I SAMPLING AND QUALITY STANDARDS (9 Hrs) Definition – random, biased sampling. Terms used in sampling. Sampling techniques for fiber, yarn and fabric. Moisture regain and Moisture content. Standard conditions for testing samples. Quality Standards: AATCC, ASTM, BIS, ISO, CSE. ISO 9001, ISO 14001, OHSAS 18000:2000, GOTS, CPS (Children Protection Standards), Social Compliance.
UNIT II FIBER AND YARN TESTING (9 Hrs) Fiber: High Volume Instruments (HVI): length, strength, maturity, trash& color module analysis. Advanced Fiber Information System (AFIS): length, nep and trash modules. Determination of yarn count, yarn twist- single and folded yarns. Measurement of yarn hairiness - optical, singeing and hairiness tester- Causes for yarn hairiness. Classification of variation. Methods of measuring evenness –Blackboard, ASTM standards, Cutting and weighing methods. Electronic capacitance – evenness tester – Uster standards. Yarn faults – classification – Classimat. Measurement of yarn strength – Single yarn strength tester –Tensorapid, Tensojet - lea strength tester. CSP& its significance.
UNIT III FABRIC TESTING - MECHANICAL PROPERTIES (9 Hrs) Fabric tensile strength tester– Raveled strip, Cut strip, Grab methods. Fabric tear strength tester – Elmendorf strength tester. Ballistic strength tester – Hydraulic bursting strength tester. Fabric abrasion resistance – Martindale abrasion tester. Fabric Pilling - I.C.I Pillbox tester. Crimp – Influence of crimp on fabric properties– Shirley crimp tester. Fabric thickness and GSM measurements.
UNIT IV FABRIC TESTING – AESTHETICS AND COMFORT PROPERTIES (9 Hrs) Fabric Drape – Drape meter. Fabric Stiffness – Shirley Stiffness tester, Fabric crease resistance and crease recovery measurements. Fabric Permeability- Fabric air permeability tester and water permeability tester. Fabric thermal resistance tester.
UNIT V TESTING OF APPAREL PRODUCTION AND ACCESSORY (9 Hrs) Standard Operating Procedure (SOP), Care labeling of apparel: Standards and methods. Safety issues for different accessories in children garment, prescribing inspection procedures for process and finished garment. Tolerance limits and quality standards for cutting, sewing and finished garments. Seam strength and seam slippage testing. Peel bond strength, Button strength, Zipper strength testing. Color fastness testing – Washing, Rubbing, Light, Perspiration fastness. Apparel dimensional stability – spirality, skewing and its measurement.
Text Books: 1. Booth J.E., “Principle of Textile Testing”, Butterworth Publications, London, 1989 2. Kothari V. K., “Testing and Quality Management”, Progress in Textile Technology Vol.1, IAFL Publications, New Delhi, 1999
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
124 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020 3. Sara J. Kadolph., “Quality Assurance for Textiles and Apparels”, Fair Child Publications, New York, 1998
Reference Books 1. Saville,B.P. “Physical Testing of Textiles”, Woodhead Publishing Ltd., England,2004. 2. Grover E G and Hamby D. S “Hand Book of Textile testing and quality Control”, Wiley Eastern Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 1969. 3. Ruth clock and Grace Kunz., “Apparel Manufacture – Sewn Product Analysis”, Upper Sadle River Publications, New York, 2000 4. Pradip V. Mehta., “Managing Quality in the Apparel Industry”, NIFT Publication, India, 1998 5. Slater K., “Physical Testing and Quality Control”, The Textile Institute, Vol.23, No.1/2/3 Manchester, 1993 6. Arindam Basu, "Textile Testing-Fiber, Yarn & Fabric", SITRA, India, 2001. Web References 1. https://textilevaluechain.in/textile-articles/textile-testing-and-quality-control/ 2. https://www.qima.com/testing/garments-apparel 3. https://www.fibre2fashion.com/industry-article/4345/quality-control-in-apparel 4. https://www.hqts.com/textile-and-apparel/ 5. https://www.intouch-quality.com/blog/5-packaging-quality-control-checks-no-importer-can-afford-to- skip COs/POs/PSOs Mapping Program Specific Program Outcomes (POs) COs Outcomes (PSOs) PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3 1 3 ------2 - 2 - 2 ------2 - 3 - 3 ------2 - 4 2 2 3 - - - 3 ------2 - 5 2 - 2 - - - 2 ------2 - Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
125 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
L T P C Hrs U20FTT517 FASHION FORECASTING AND ACCESSORIES 3 0 0 3 45 Course Objectives • To enable students to understand about surveys, scans • To impart the knowledge about colour forecasting. • Discuss various forecasting methods used by reputed forecasting companies to develop current trend for the local market. • Describe forecasted colors, fabrics and trends according to seasons and market. • Describe forecasted components and fashion accessories Course Outcomes After completion of the course, the students will be able to CO1 - Recognize various fabric materials available in market and choose appropriate fabric as per application. (K2) CO2 - Produce articles using various fabric ornamentation techniques. (K3) CO3 - Apply various forecasting methods used by reputed forecasting companies to develop current trend for the local market. (K2) CO4 - Evaluate the forecasted colors, fabrics and trends according to seasons and market type as a member of team and present the same. (K3) CO5 - To explain procedure for Fashion trends and merchandising of accessories. (K2)
UNIT I FASHION FORECASTING (9 Hrs) Meaning of fashion forecasting, role and responsibilities of forecaster, steps in developing a forecast, fashion timetable and seasons, short term and long-term forecasting, avoiding forecasting traps. Innovation characteristics, consumer adoption process and theories, fashion change agents, innovators and fashion leaders, consumer segmentation.
UNIT II COLOUR FORECASTING (9 Hrs) Importance, colours in marketing, consumers and psychology of colour, language of colour, seasonal colour analysis, fashion colour names, colour cycles, Color Relationships across Product Categories, sources of colour ideas, NCD technique of colour trend analysis and synthesis.
UNIT III TEXTILE & STYLE FORECASTING (9 Hrs) Fashion in fibres and fabrics, sources of innovation in textile development, timing of innovation, innovation in fibres, yarns fabrics, dyes, finishes and trims, fabric fairs and trade shows, fabric libraries. Silhouette trends. Style forecasting: trend multiplication, different designers with same concept. Fashion map: geography & off the runway, street fashion. Trend Identification, analysis and synthesis. New uses of products
UNIT IV SALES AND PRESENTING FORECASTING (9 Hrs) Sales forecasting: Importance, time series technique, correlation regression techniques, qualitative techniques, blending quantitative and qualitative techniques. Sales forecasting in context of product life cycle. Presenting Forecasts: Objectives, presenting design as a creative process, trend reporting: trend map, trend boards, presentation techniques, publication and forecasting services.
UNIT V FASHION ACCESSORIES FORECASTING (9 Hrs) Fashion accessories – footwear, handbags, gloves, hats, scarves, hosiery, jewelry, watches; testing of zippers, elastic waist band testing, fusible interlinings; safety issues for different accessories in children garment. Fashion trends and merchandising of accessories, Economic importance, Accessory Designers, Major Brand players.
Text Books: 1. Gwyneth Holland, Rae Jones, Fashion Trend Forecasting, Laurence King Publishing, 2017 2. Evelyn L. Brannon & Lorynn R. Divita, Fashion forecasting, Fairchild books, 2015. 3. Simon Seivewright, ―Basics Fashion Design: Research and Design‖, AVA Publishings SA, UK, 2007. 4. Diehold Frank, ―Elements of forecasting‖, , South-Western College Publishing, USA, 2007. 5. Elinor Renfrew and Colin Renfrew, ―Basics Fashion Design: Developing a Collection‖, AVA Publishings SA, UK, 2009. 6. Marks and Andrea, ―Writing for Visual Thinkers: A Guide for Artists and Designers, Peachpit Press, Berkeley 2009. B.Tech. Fashion Technology
126 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
Reference Books 1. Kate Scully and Debra Johnson Cobh, ―Colour forecasting for fashion‖, Laurence King Publishing, 2010. 2. Tracy Diane & Tom Cassidy, ―Colour Forecasting‖, Blackwell Publishing, 2005. 3. Evelyn L. Brannon, ―Fashion Forecasting‖, Fairchild Books, 2011. 4. Diane.T and Cassidy. T, ―Colour forecasting, Blackwell Publishing, 2005 5. Jay Diamond and Ellen Diamond, “Fashion, Apparel, Accessories, Home Furnishings”PearsonPrenticeHall,NewJersey,2007.
Web References 1. https://www.fibre2fashion.com/industry-article/83/fashion-forecasting 2. https://colormarketing.org/2018/06/06/what-is-color-forecasting/ 3. https://demand-planning.com/2019/10/02/how-to-present-forecasts-properly/ 4. https://www.slideshare.net/aslikarabulut/sales-forecasting 5. https://trendzoom.com/
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping Program Specific Program Outcomes (POs) COs Outcomes (PSOs) PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3 1 3 2 - - 1 3 ------2 - - 2 3 3 - - 2 2 ------3 - - 3 2 3 - - 2 3 ------2 - - 4 3 3 - - 2 3 ------2 - - 5 2 2 - - 2 3 ------4 - - Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
127 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
APPAREL MERCHENDISING AND COST L T P C Hrs U20FTT518 MANAGEMENT 3 0 0 3 45 Course Objectives • To describe importance of basic principles of merchandising, • To describe importance in sourcing and documentation • To explain cost of apparel products. • To explain CMT cost for different types of garments. • To explain pricing techniques, budgeting and cost volume profit analysis.
Course Outcomes After completion of the course, the students will be able to CO1 Acquire knowledge in basic principles of merchandising (K2) CO2 Acquire knowledge in sourcing and documentation (K2) CO3 Describe the factors that determine the cost of apparel products (K2) CO4 Calculate the CMT cost for different types of garments (K4) CO5 Acquire knowledge on various pricing techniques, budgeting and cost volume profit analysis (k3)
UNIT I MERCHANDISING (9 Hrs) Definition of merchandising. Classification of exporters- Manufacturer exporter, Merchant exporter, Job worker (CM/CMT), Functions of merchandising division - Role and responsibilities of a merchandiser-different types of buyers. Communications with the buyers -awareness of current market trends– product development- line planning and line presentation.
UNIT II SOURCING AND DOCUMENTATION (9 Hrs) Need for sourcing-sourcing materials-manufacturing resources planning-principles of MRP. Sourcing strategies- Overseas sourcing. Supply chain and demand chain analysis- Materials management for quick response. Order confirmation, various types of export documents, Pre-shipment, Post -shipment documentation, Terms of sale, payment, shipment etc.
UNIT III COST ACCOUNTING (6 Hrs) Objectives, uses of cost accounting. Elements of cost. Direct material, Directlabour, Factory overheads. Cost- Fixed, variable, semi variable. Estimating and costing-
UNIT IV RAW MATERIAL AND CMT COST (9 Hrs) Factors that determine cost of garments- material cost- cost of yarn, cost of fabric production, cost of processing. Width and design of fabric affecting cost. Accessories and their costing. Packing and labeling cost Cost of components –cutting cost – making and trim cost (CMT cost) – CMT cost for different types of garments. Shipment cost.
UNIT V GARMENT PRICING AND CVP ANALYSIS (12 Hrs) Determining pricing of apparel products: sample costing-marginal cost, cost plus pricing methods; Full cost pricing, conversion cost pricing, differential cost pricing , absorption and variable cost pricing ,direct cost pricing. Cost calculation of apparel products- woven/knits. Ratio analysis, price / volume analysis. Break even analysis. Capital budgeting- payback period, rate of return, net present value – limitations.
Text Books: 1. Grace Kunz, ―Merchandising theory, principles and practice‖, Fair Child Books, New York, 2005. 2. Jeremy A. Rosenau, Dvid L. Wilson, ―Apparel Merchandising – The line starts here‖, Fairchild publications, New York, 2007 3. Grace I. Kunz , Ruth E. Glock, ―Apparel Manufacturing: Sewn Product Analysis‖, 4th Edition. Prentice Hall, 2004. 4. Evelyn C Moore, ―Math for Merchandising‖, Wiley Eastern Inc., India, 1999.
Reference Books: 1. Philip Kotler, Kelvin Lane Keller, Abraham Koshy and Mithileshwar Jha, “Marketing Management a South Asian Perspective”, Pearson Education India, 2006. 2. John Donnellan “Merchandise Buying and Management”, Farichild Publications, inc., NewYork, 2002. 3. M.Y.KhanandP.K.Jain“CostAccounting”,HillpublishingLtd.,New Delhi, 2007.
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
128 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020 4. Ruth E.Glock and GraceI. Kunz,“Apparel Manufacturing Sewn Product Analysis”, Dorling Kindersley (India) Pvt.Ltd.,2005. 5. Chakraborty S K, “Cost Accounting and Financial Management”, New age International, 2004. 6. Ruth E Glockand GraceI Kunz,“Apparel Manufacturing ,Prentice Hall, New Jersey, Fourth Edition,2005.
Web References 1. https://textileapex.blogspot.com/2020/07/apparel-merchandising-definition-process.html 2. https://www.fibre2fashion.com/industry-article/5056/role-of-sourcing-decisions-in-an-apparel-firm 3. https://www.fibre2fashion.com/industry-article/7159/garment-costing-techniques 4. https://www.textileschool.com/181/garment-costing/ 5. https://www.delogue.com/blog/garment-costing-and-pricing/
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping Program Specific Program Outcomes (POs) COs Outcomes (PSOs) PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3 1 3 3 ------3 3 - - - - 2 - 3 - 3 - - 3 - - - 3 - - - - 3 3 3 - 3 ------3 3 - - - 4 - 3 ------3 3 - - 5 - 3 ------3 - 3 3 3 - - Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
129 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
L T P C Hrs U20FTE506 TECHNICAL TEXTILES 3 0 0 3 45 Course Objectives • To explain market size, scope and difference between normal and technical textiles • To teach the manufacturing processes and important of geo textile and filtration textile. • To describe the automotive textiles and examples • To discuss the various applications of protective textiles. • To explain the medical textiles Course Outcomes After completion of the course, the students will be able to CO1 - Describe technical textiles and its importance. (K2) CO2 -To analyze and identify required parameters of geo textile and filtration textile. (K3) CO3 - Acquire knowledge on the automotive textiles and examples. (K2) CO4 - To be able to explain the principle of different technical applications. (K2) CO5 - To be able to explain various medical textiles. (K5)
UNIT I TECHNICAL TEXTILES (9Hrs) Introduction - Definition and scope of Technical Textiles – Development stages in Technical Textiles – present market and future trends in Technical Textiles – Differentiate with traditional textiles-Raw materials used- sectors of technical textiles UNIT II GEO TEXTILE AND FILTRATION TEXTILES: (9Hrs) Geotextiles – scope, definition, types, advantages and disadvantages of woven and nonwoven geotextiles, Raw material, Manufacturing-Testing-Applications. Filtration Application – Introduction –Fabric construction & Finishing Treatments, Solid-liquid separation, liquid – liquid filtration, liquid-gas separation, Mechanism of filtration. UNIT III AUTOMATIVE TEXTILES: (9Hrs) Textiles in Transportation – Introduction, Textiles in passenger cars – Textiles in other road vehicles – Rail applications – Textiles. Textiles in Defence – Introduction, Historical Background – Criteria for modern military textiles materials – various application of Textiles in various areas of defence such as environmental protection, thermal insulation, water proof water vapour permeable materials – ballistic protection – heat protection – biological and chemical warfare protection, High altitude fabrics, etc. UNIT IV PROTECTIVE TEXTILE (9Hrs) Heat and Flame Protection - Flammability, thermal characteristics and combustion mechanisms of fibres, prevention of combustion – Flame retardant fibres suitable for protective clothing –Factors affecting-Testing of Flame retardant and Flame proof fabrics. UNIT V MEDICALTEXTILES (9Hrs) Medical Textiles – Introduction – special fibres- Non implantable materials, Extra corporeal devices – Implantable materials - Health care / hygiene products.
Text Books: 1. Sabit Adanur, ―Wellington Sears Handbook of Industrial Textiles‖, Technomic Publishing Co, USA, 1995. 2. Alagirusamy and A. Das, Technical Textile Yarns, CRC press, 2010. 3. Horrocks A R and Anand S C, ―Handbook of Technical Textiles‖, The Textile Institute, CRC Press, Woodhead publishing Ltd, Cambridge, UK, 2001. Reference Books 1. Textiles in sport by R Shishoo, 5th edition Shishoo Woodhead Publication. ISBN: 978-1855739222 2. Intelligent Textiles and Clothing by H. Mattila Woodhead Publishing Ltd ISBN-13: 978-1845690052 3. Textiles for Industrial Applications By R. Senthil Kumar, CRC publication. ISBN-13: 978-1466566491 4. Medical and Hygiene Textile Production: A Handbook by Allison Mathews andMartin Hardingham, Practical Action publication, ISBN: 978-1853392115 5. Techno Textiles 2: Revolutionary Fabrics for Fashion and Design by Sarah E. Braddock C. ISBN : 978-0500286845 6. Geotextiles by N. W. M. John, Blackie publication, ISBN : 9780412013515
Web References 1. https://www.technical-textiles.net/ 2. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Geotextile B.Tech. Fashion Technology
130 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020 3. https://www.fibre2fashion.com/industry-article/499/geotextile-applications 4. https://www.fibre2fashion.com/industry-article/1807/application-of-textiles-in-automobile 5. https://www.jasonmills.com/blog/medical-textiles/
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping Program Specific Program Outcomes (POs) COs Outcomes (PSOs) PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3 1 3 2 3 1 - - 1 - 2 - - 3 2 - - 2 3 2 3 1 - - 2 - 1 2 - 3 2 - - 3 3 2 3 1 - - 1 - 2 - - 3 2 - - 4 3 2 3 1 - - 2 - 2 - - 3 2 - - 5 3 2 3 1 - - 2 - 2 1 - 3 2 3 - Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 - High
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
131 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
L T P C Hrs U20FTE507 ERP AND MIS IN APPAREL INDUSTRY 3 0 0 3 45 Course Objectives • Students will know the principles and features of ERP/MIS packages. • Students will know the applications of ERP/MIS packages. • To enable the student in impart knowledge on management information system, its function and characteristics • Students will know the on internet and electronic commerce and their day-to-day importance. • To impart knowledge on enterprise resource planning and implementation in apparel.
Course Outcomes After completion of the course, the students will be able to CO1: Acquire knowledge on basics of ERP and MIS. (K2) CO2: Acquire knowledge on the application and modules of ERP in apparel Industry. (K3) CO3: Acquire Application strategy of Information Systems in apparel industry. (K4) CO4: Develop knowledge on internet and electronic commerce and their day-to-day importance. (K4) CO5: Describing and developing knowledge on transforming Information systems to the business Operations. (K3) UNIT I INTRODUCTION (9 Hrs) An overview and features of ERP, MIS integration, ERP drivers, Trends in ERP, ERP in India. ERP system perspective – Management Information System, Operations Support System, Transaction Processing System, Network Structure of ERP system, ERP workflow, Process modelling for ERP systems, Communication in ERP systems, OLTP, (On Line Transaction Processing), OLAP (On Line Analytical Processing), Enterprise Integration application tools for ERP.
UNIT II RESOURCE MANAGEMENT PERSPECTIVE (9 Hrs) Business modules in ERP packages, Finance, Production, Human Resource, Plant Maintenance, Materials Management, Quality Management, Sales and Distribution, Resource Management, Business Process Reengineering, Relationship between ERP and BPR, ERP Implementation Lifecycle, Implementation methodology, ERP Project Management and Monitoring. ERP and E-Commerce, ERP Culture, ERP and CRM, ERP and SCM, ERP selection issues, ERP in Public Sector Enterprises, Pre- and Post-implementation issues, ERP Vendors, Key ERP consultants in India, Future directions in ERP
UNIT III BASICSOFINFORMATIONSYSTEM (9 Hrs) Introduction to Information system in business, Need for Information Technology, System concept, Components of an information system, Information system resources, Information system activities, recognizing information system. Expanding role of information systems, Operating support system, Management support systems.
UNIT IV INTERNET AND ELECTRONIC COMMERCE (9 Hrs) Introduction, Business use of internet, Interactive marketing, Business value of the internet, Customer value and the internet. Fundamentals of Electronic Commerce (EC), EC applications, Business-to- Consumer commerce, Business to Business commerce, Electronic payments and security.
UNIT V INFORMATION SYSTEMS FOR BUSINESS OPERATION: (9 Hrs) Applications of intranets, intranet technology resources, the business value of intranets, the role of Extranets, enterprise collaboration systems. Information systems for marketing, manufacturing, human resources, accounting, financial, transaction processing, managerial and decision support, Information systems for strategic advantages, Strategic application and issues in IT, ethical and societal challenges of information technology.
Text Books: 1. R. Surjit, R. Rathinamoorthy, K. J. Vishnu Vardhini, ERP for Textiles and Apparel Industry (Woodhead Publishing India in Textiles), WPI Publishing; 1 edition, 2016 2. A. K Gupta, Management Information System, IBH Publishing, 2012 3. V.K.Garg,VenkatandN.K.Krishna, “ERP Concepts and Practices”, 1st edition, PHI Publications,1997. 4. James A.O’Brien, “Introduction to Information Systems”, Tata McGrawHill, New Delhi, 2005. 5. AlexisLeon,“ERPDemystified”,1stedition,Tata McGrawHill, New Delhi, 2000.
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
132 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020 6. S.Sadagopan, “ERP: A Managerial Perspective”,1stedition,TataMcGraw Hill,NewDelhi,1999. 7. Langenalter,A.Gary,“Enterprise Resources Planning and Beyond”,1stedition, St.LuciePress, USA, 2000. 8. Diwan,Parag and Sharma, Sunil, “Enterprise Resource Planning: A Manager’s Guide”,1stedition,1999. 9. E.Turban, E.McLeanandJ.Wetherbe, “Information Technology for Management: Making Connections for Strategic Advantage”, John Wiley and Sons, New Jersey, 2001. 10. W.S.Jawadekar, “Management Information Systems”,TataMcGrawHill, New Delhi,2004.
Reference Books 1. Tsan-Ming Jason Choi Professor , Information Systems for the Fashion and Apparel Industry (Woodhead Publishing Series in Textiles), Woodhead Publishing, 2016 2. Girdhar Joshi, Management Information Systems 1st Edition, Oxford University Press, 2013 3. Paul Bocij, Andrew Greasley, Simon Hickie, Business Information Systems, Technology, Development and Management for the E-Business, Pearson; 5th edition, 2014
Web References 1. https://www.slideshare.net/nemataggarwal/erp-in-apparel-industry-14174616 2. https://www.slideshare.net/anusaj/mis-management-information-system-in-fashion-textile-industry 3. https://apparelresources.com/technology-news/manufacturing-tech/erp-solutions-for-a-typical- garment-industry/ 4. https://fashionarun.page.tl/ERP-IN-APPAREL-INDUSTRY.htm
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping Program Specific Program Outcomes (POs) COs Outcomes (PSOs) PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3 1 3 2 - - 2 - - - 1 - - - - 2 2 2 2 1 - - 2 - - - 1 2 - - - 2 2 3 3 2 - - 2 - - - 1 2 - - - 2 2 4 3 2 - - 2 - - - 1 2 - - - 2 2 5 3 2 - - 2 - - - 1 2 - - - 2 2 Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 - High
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
133 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
L T P C Hrs U20FTE508 ADVANCES IN GARMENT PRODUCTION 3 0 0 3 45 Course Objectives • To describe the new product development and application areas. • To describe the technological advances in sewing. • To explain technological advances in digital printing on improved apparel production. • To explain the latest technological developments in pressing technology. • To explain benefits of advanced automated fabric inspection system. Course Outcomes After completion of the course, the students will be able to CO1 - Explain the new product development and application areas. (K2) CO2 - Emphasis on the technological advances in sewing. (K2) CO3 - Describe the technological advances in digital printing on improved apparel production. (K3) CO4 - Understanding the latest technological developments in pressing technology. (K3) CO5 - State the need and benefits of advanced automated fabric inspection system. (K3)
UNIT I APPAREL PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT (9 Hrs) Introduction, process model for clothing product development, models of new product development, product development tools and application areas, product lifetime management (PLM), demand-led new product development, future trends.
UNIT II TECHNOLOGICAL ADVANCES IN SEWING GARMENTS (9 Hrs) Introduction, development of the industrial sewing machine, advances in sewing needle design, advances in sewing thread technology, advances in sewing machine automation, semi-automated equipment, machines using computer numerical control. Future trends in clothing technology: Bonded garments, Seamless garments. Alternative method of garment production, moulding, robotics and pneumatic system.
UNIT III DIGITAL PRINTING OF GARMENTS (9 Hrs) Introduction, advances in digital printing technology, design potential and limitations of digital textile printing, digital textile printing and its role to enhance industry apparel production, applications. Advances in embroidery technology.
UNIT IV DEVELOPMENTS IN PRESSING TECHNOLOGY (9 Hrs) Pressing: Introduction, the pressing process, pressing with pressure, pressing without pressure, crease resistant finishes, permanent creases, recent trends in apparel pressing technology.
UNIT V AUTOMATED FABRIC INSPECTION AND EVALUATION (9 Hrs) Fabric Inspection: Introduction, the principles of automatic fabric inspection, fabric quality, Kawabata evaluation system, fabric assurance by simple testing (FAST), automating the results of objective reporting and analysis in KES-F, development of the main analysis form.
Text Books: 1. C.Fairhurst, “Advances in Apparel Production”, Woodhead Publishing Limited, 2008
Reference Books 1. The Apparel Production Sourcebook, Asian Edition,Fashiondex, Inc., 2010. 2. Apparel Design and Production Handbook, Fashiondex, Inc., 2001
Web References 1. https://sourcemygarment.com/2019/03/21/apparel-design-vs-product-development-whats-the- difference/ 2. https://www.fibre2fashion.com/industry-article/136/advanced-technologies-for-sewing-seamless- garments 3. https://www.fibre2fashion.com/industry-article/7055/digital-textile-printing 4. https://apparelresources.com/technology-news/manufacturing-tech/evolution-of-technology-pressing- finishing/ 5. https://www.fibre2fashion.com/industry-article/5178/automatic-fabric-inspection
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
134 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping Program Specific Program Outcomes (POs) COs Outcomes (PSOs) PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3 1 2 - 3 - 3 2 - - 2 - 2 1 2 1 2 2 2 - 3 - 3 2 - - 2 - 2 1 2 1 2 3 2 - 3 - 3 2 - - 2 - 2 1 2 1 2 4 2 - 3 - 3 2 - - 2 - 2 1 2 1 2 5 2 - 3 - 3 2 - - 2 - 2 1 2 1 2 Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 - High
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
135 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
L T P C Hrs U20FTE509 APPAREL WORK STUDY 3 0 0 3 45 Course Objectives • To enable students to importance and concept of work study • To impart the knowledge about various operation analysis in apparel industry • To impart the knowledge of Motion analysis • To impart the knowledge of Process improvement in apparel industry • Analyze the concepts of work measurement Course Outcomes After completion of the course, the students will be able to CO1: Acquire knowledge on of work study. (K2) CO2: Acquire knowledge on various operation analysis in apparel industry. (K3) CO3: Acquire Application strategy of of Motion analysis. (K4) CO4: Develop knowledge on Process improvement in apparel industry. (K4) CO5: Describing and developing knowledge on work measurement. (K3)
UNIT I WORK STUDY (9 Hrs) WORK STUDY: Definition, procedure, techniques, data needed: raw material data, equipment data, job condition and working condition. PROCESS ANALYSIS: Purpose, procedure, various types of process charts and diagrams-application areas in apparel manufacture, development of standard operating procedure (SOP). Case studies.
UNIT II OPERATION ANALYSIS (6 Hrs) OPERATION ANALYSIS: Objectives, procedure, operation chart, check sheet, exercises from apparel manufacture. Case studies
UNIT III MOTION ANALYSIS (9 Hrs) MOTION ANALYSIS: Purpose, principles of motion economy – application areas in apparel manufacture, two handed process chart- procedure, examples from sewing operations. Micro motion analysis: Therbligs, equipments, procedure, development of SIMO chart for sewing operations. Evaluation of motion study data. Case studies.
UNIT IV METHOD IMPROVEMENT (9 Hrs) METHODS IMPROVEMENT: Principles for improving operation method – cutting, sewing, pressing and packing. scientific method of training, learning curve.
UNIT V WORK MEASURMENT (12 Hrs) WORK MEASUREMENT: Definition, techniques – time study: procedure, calculation of standard allowed minute (SAM) in apparel manufacture – Cutting, sewing, pressing and packing operations. Predetermined time standard (PMTS) - Time Measurement Unit (TMU) values, Method Time Measurement (MTM) tables, setting the standard time, advantages. Work sampling – Concept, procedure, determination of sample size, nomo gram, setting standard time. Standard data- General sewing data (GSD)- Concept, motion sequence, MTM core data, methods engineering and standard allowed minute (SAM) establishment for sewing operations, advantages. Applications – Capacity study, operation bulletin (OB), Incentive calculations.
Text Books: 1. Ralph M. Barnes ―Motion and Time Study Design and Measurement of work‖, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York, 2002. 2. Jacob Solinger, ―Apparel Manufacturing Handbook, Analysis, Principles and Practice‖ Boblin Media Corp, Columbia, 2000. 3. Johnson Maurice“Introduction of Work Study”, International Labour Organization, Geneva, 2005.
Reference Books 1. George Kanawaty, ILO, ―Introduction to Work study, Universal Publishing Corporation, Mumbai, 2005. 2. Chuter A J ―Introduction to Clothing Production Management‖, Blackwell Publishing, Oxford, UK, 2007. 3. V.Ramesh babu, ―Industrial engineering in apparel production‖, Woodhead publishing India Pvt Ltd, New Delhi, 2011. B.Tech. Fashion Technology
136 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020 4. Kiell. B.Zandin, Maynard‘s ―Industrial Engineering Hand Book‖, Mc Graw Hill, Inc., New York, 2001.
Web References 1. https://onlinegarmentsacademy.blogspot.com/2019/09/work-study-apparel.html 2. https://apparelresources.com/business-news/manufacturing/industrial-engineering-apparel- manufacturing-vi-making-operational-bulletin/ 3. https://apparelresources.com/business-news/manufacturing/time-study-apparel manufacturing/ 4. https://work-study.info/motion-study-principles-of-motion-study/ 5. https://apparelresources.com/business-news/manufacturing/ie-apparel-manufacturing-iii-work- measurement-using-time-study/
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping Program Specific Program Outcomes (POs) COs Outcomes (PSOs) PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3 1 1 2 - 1 1 - - 1 2 - 1 - 1 - 1 2 1 2 - 1 2 - - 1 2 - 1 - 1 - 1 3 1 2 2 1 2 - - 1 2 - 2 - 1 - 2 4 1 2 2 1 3 - - 1 2 - 3 - 1 - 2 5 1 2 2 1 3 - - 1 2 - 3 - 1 - 2 Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 - High
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
137 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
L T P C Hrs U20FTE510 LEATHER TECHNOLOGY 3 0 0 3 45 Course Objectives • To know about the different types of leather and its treatments • To understand the production and inspection techniques of leather garments • To know about the designing leather apparels • To know about the machineries and equipment’s used in manufacture of leather apparel • To know about properties and characteristics of leather garments
Course Outcomes After completion of the course, the students will be able to CO1: Understand the classification of leather materials and process of preparing leather for manufacture leather apparels (K2) CO2: Understand the process of preparing leather for manufacture leather apparels. (K1) CO3: Gain knowledge on designing leather apparels. (K3) CO4: Gain knowledge on properties and characteristics of leather garments. (K1) CO5: Gain knowledge on types of machineries and equipment’s used in manufacture of leather apparel.(K3)
UNIT I TYPES OF LEATHER AND PRODUCTION TECHNIQUE (9 Hrs) Types, special features, principles involved in manufacture of E.I tanned leather, sole leather, wet blue leather, full chrome upper leathers, upholstery leathers, chamois leather, fashion garment leathers, utility glove leathers, picking band leathers, light, heavy and Industrial leathers, lining leathers, harness, belting and saddlery leathers, football, hockey ball, cricket ball and other sports goods leathers.
UNIT II LEATHER TANNAGES (9 Hrs) Leather, hide, skin, types, components and structure. preservation techniques, pre tanning processes: soaking, liming, deliming, bating, and pickling. Types of tannages: vegetable, synthetic. tannage mechanism. post tanning operations: neutralisation, fatliquoring, bleaching, dyeing and drying of leathers, combination tanned leather.
UNIT III MACHINERIES, TOOLS AND EQUIPMENTS (9 Hrs) Machineries used in leather processing: drum, sammying machine, shaving machine, splitting machine, setting machine, spray dyeing machine, embossing, ironing and measuring machines, Tools and equipments used in leather garment preparatory and manufacturing processes : gimping scissors, wooden & iron hammer, stone slabs, skiving and spitting machines, cloth cutting machines, industrial sewing machines, button hole & button stitching machine and ironing process, types of sewing needles and sewing threads,
UNIT IV CONSTRUCTION AND DESIGNING OF LEATHER GARMENTS (9 Hrs) Fabrication of leather garments- principle of cutting components, type of stitching and attachment, sequence of operation for assembly of components, accessories used. Shoe: parts, selection of leather, designing and fabrication of shoes, machineries.
Classification based on material design and types- grain garments, suedes, fur, chrome, semi – chrome. Designing of leather garments- leather jackets, women‘s wear, men‘s wear, preparation of sectional patterns, pattern sets, arrangements of patterns to minimize wastage of leathers,.
UNIT V CHARACTERISTICS AND QUALITY CONTROL OF LEATHER GARMENTS (9 Hrs) General properties of leather such as feel, texture, strength, elongation, comfort, rub resistance, uniformity of shades, defects in skin, types of tests carried out, testing instruments and methods. In process and final process control of leather garments.
Text Books: 1. Dutta.S S, ―An Introduction to the Principles of Leather Manufacture‖, Indian Leather Technologists Association, Calcutta, 2002. 2. Thomas C,and Thorstensen,‖Practical Leather Technology‖, Krieger Publishing Company, USA, 2001 3. Skiving Manual, First Edition, 1994 CLRI, Chennai. 4. A Course Manual on Leather Garment Pattern Designing, 2007 CLRI Chennai. 5. Matric Pattern Cutting for Menswear, Winifred Aldrich, BSP Professional Books, London, 1990.
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
138 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020 Reference Books 1. Sandy Scrivano,‖Sewing with Leather & Suede‖, Lark Books, New York 2002. 2. Sarkar.K.T, ―Theory and practice of leather manufacture, Macmillan India Press, Madras.1997. 3. Somenath Ganguly, ―Comprehensive Footwear Technology‖, Indian Leather Technologists' Association, India, 2005. 4. J. H. Sharphouse ―Leather Technician‘s HandBook ―, Leather Producers‘ Association, Northampton, 1971. 5. Dutta.S.S. ―An Introduction to the Principles of Physical Testing of Leather‖ Indian Leather Technologists' Association, India,1991.
Web References 1. https://www.leather-dictionary.com/index.php/Leather_production 2. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tanning_(leather) 3. http://www.madehow.com/Volume-2/Leather-Jacket.html 4. https://www.fibre2fashion.com/industry-article/3055/quality-systems-for-garment- 5. https://www.intouch-quality.com/blog/leather-product-inspection-quality-control
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping Program Specific Program Outcomes (POs) COs Outcomes (PSOs) PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3 1 1 - 1 - 2 ------1 1 - 2 1 - 2 - 2 - 1 - - - - - 1 1 - 3 2 - 2 - 2 - - - 2 - - - 1 1 - 4 2 - 2 - 2 - 1 - 2 - - - 1 2 - 5 3 - 2 - 2 - 2 - 2 - - - 1 1 - Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 - High
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
139 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
L T P C Hrs U20HSO501 PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT AND DESIGN 3 1 0 3 45 Course Objectives • To provide the basic concepts of product design, product features and its architecture. • To have a basic knowledge in the common features a product has and how to incorporate them suitably in product. • To enhance team working skills. • To design some products for the given set of applications. • To compete with a set of tools and methods for product design and development.
Course Outcomes After completion of the course, the students will be able to CO1 - Apply the concept for new product development. (K3) CO2 - Validate knowledge on the concepts of product specification. (K5) CO3 - Describe the principles of industrial design and prototyping. (K2) CO4 - Apply knowledge on product architecture. (K3) CO5 - Review the concept of product development and customer needs. (K5)
UNIT I: INTRODUCTION TO PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT (9 Hrs) Product development versus design, product development process, product cost analysis, cost models, reverse engineering and redesign product development process, new product development, tear down method.
UNIT II: PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS (9 Hrs) Establishing the product specifications– Target specifications – Refining specifications, concept generation- Clarify the problem – Search internally – Search externally – Explore systematically - Reflect on the Results and the Process. UNIT III: PRODUCT CONCEPTS (9 Hrs) A: Concept generation, product configuration, concept evaluation and selection, product embodiments. B: Quality function deployment, product design specification, physical prototypes-types and technique, dimensional analysis, design of experiments.
UNITIV: PRODUCT ARCHITECTURE (9 Hrs) Concept selection- Screening – scoring, Product architecture – Implication of architecture - Establishing the architecture – Related system level design issues.
UNIT V: PROTOTYPING (9 Hrs) Reliability, failure identification techniques, Poka-Yoke, Design for the environment, design for maintainability, product safety, liability and design, design for packaging.
Text Books 1. Kari T.Ulrich and Steven D.Eppinger,”Product Design and Development”, McGraw-Hill International Edns. 2. Stephen Rosenthal, “Effective Product Design and Development”, Business One Orwin, Homewood, 3. Otto, K. N. Product design: techniques in reverse engineering and new product development.
Reference Books 1. Ashby, M. F., & Johnson, K... Materials and design: the art and science of material selection in product design. Butterworth-Heinemann. 2. Kevin Otto and Kristin Wood, “Techniques in Reverse Engineering and New Product Development”, Pearson Education, Chennai, Edition III. 3. Chitale A.V. and Gupta R.C., “Product Design and Manufacturing”, 6th Edition, PHI. 4. Taurt Pugh,”Tool Design – Integrated Methods for Successful Product Engineering”, Addison Wesley Publishing, New york, NY
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
140 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020 5. Kumar, A., Jain, P. K., & Pathak, P. M. Reverse engineering in product manufacturing: an overview. DAAAM international scientific book,
Web References 1. http://www.worldcat.org/title/product-design-and-development/oclc/904505863 2. https://www.pdfdrive.com/product-design-and-development-e38289913.html 3. https://www.smashingmagazine.com/2018/01/comprehensive-guide-product-design/ 4. https://www.smashingmagazine.com/2018/01/comprehensive-guide-product-design/ 5. https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/sloan-school-of-management/15-783j-product-design-and- development-spring-2006/lecture-notes/clas1_int_crse_6.pdf 6. https://swayam.gov.in/nd1_noc20_de05/preview
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping Program Specific Program Outcomes (POs) COs Outcomes (PSOs) PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3 1 3 - 3 - 3 ------2 - - - 2 1 - 2 - 3 ------3 - - - 3 1 - 3 - 2 ------2 - - - 4 3 - 1 - 3 ------1 - - - 5 1 - 3 - 3 ------2 - - - Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 - High
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
141 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
L T P C Hrs U20HSO502 INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS 3 0 0 3 45 Course Objectives • To introduce fundamental aspects of Intellectual Property Rights to students who are going to play a major role in development and management of innovative projects in industries. • To disseminate knowledge on patents, patent regime in India and abroad and registration aspects • To disseminate knowledge on copyrights and its related rights and registration aspects • To disseminate knowledge on trademarks and registration aspects • Awareness about current trends in IPR and Government steps in fostering IPR
Course Outcomes After completion of the course, the students will be able to CO1: Complete their academic projects, shall get an adequate knowledge on patent and copyright for their innovative research works (K2) CO2: Presenting useful insight on novelty of their idea from state-of-the art search during their project work period. (K3) CO3: Posting Intellectual Property as a career option like R&D IP Counsel, Government Jobs – Patent Examiner, Private Jobs, Patent agent and/or Trademark agent and Entrepreneur (K5) CO4: To disseminate knowledge on Design, Geographical Indication, Plant Variety and Layout Design Protection and their registration aspects (K1) CO5: Organizing their idea or innovations and analyse ethical and professional issues which arise in the intellectual property law context. (K4)
UNIT I OVERVIEW OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY (9 Hrs) Introduction and the need for intellectual property right (IPR) - Kinds of Intellectual Property Rights: Patent, Copyright, Trade Mark, Design, Geographical Indication, Plant Varieties and Layout Design – Genetic Resources and Traditional Knowledge – Trade Secret - IPR in India : Genesis and development – IPR in abroad - Major International Instruments concerning Intellectual Property Rights: Paris Convention, 1883, the Berne Convention, 1886, the Universal Copyright Convention, 1952, the WIPO Convention, 1967,the Patent Co-operation Treaty, 1970, the TRIPS Agreement, 1994
UNIT II PATENTS (9 Hrs) Patents - Elements of Patentability: Novelty, Non Obviousness (Inventive Steps), Industrial Application - Non - Patentable Subject Matter - Registration Procedure, Rights and Duties of Patentee, Assignment and licence, Restoration of lapsed Patents, Surrender and Revocation of Patents, Infringement, Remedies & Penalties - Patent office and Appellate Board
UNIT III COPYRIGHTS (9 Hrs) Nature of Copyright - Subject matter of copyright: original literary, dramatic, musical, artistic works; cinematograph films and sound recordings - Registration Procedure, Term of protection, Ownership of copyright, Assignment and licence of copyright - Infringement, Remedies & Penalties – Related Rights - Distinction between related rights and copyrights
UNIT IV TRADEMARKS (9 Hrs) Concept of Trademarks - Different kinds of marks (brand names, logos, signatures, symbols, well known marks, certification marks and service marks) - Non Registrable Trademarks - Registration of Trademarks - Rights of holder and assignment and licensing of marks - Infringement, Remedies & Penalties - Trademarks registry and appellate board
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
142 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020 UNIT V OTHER FORMS OF IP (9 Hrs) Design: meaning and concept of novel and original - Procedure for registration, effect of registration and term of protection Geographical Indication (GI) Geographical indication: meaning, and difference between GI and trademarks - Procedure for registration, effect of registration and term of protection.
Text Books 1. Nithyananda, K V. Intellectual Property Rights: Protection and Management. India, IN: Cengage Learning India Private Limited, 2019 2. Neeraj, P., & Khusdeep, D. Intellectual Property Rights. India, IN: PHI learning Private Limited. 2014
Reference Books 1. Ahuja, V K. Law relating to Intellectual Property Rights. India, IN: Lexis Nexis, 2017. 2. Deborah E. Bouchoux, Intellectual Property: The Law of Trademarks, Copyrights, Patents and Trade Secrets, Cengage Learning, Third Edition, 2012. 3. Edited by Derek Bosworth and Elizabeth Webster, The Management of Intellectual Property, Edward Elgar Publishing Ltd., 2013. 4. Prabuddha Ganguli, Intellectual Property Rights: Unleashing the Knowledge Economy, McGraw Hill Education, 2011. 5. S.V. Satakar, Intellectual Property Rights and Copy Rights, Ess Ess Publications, New Delhi, 2002. 6. V. Scople Vinod, Managing Intellectual Property, Prentice Hall of India pvt Ltd, 2012.
1. Web References 1. Subramanian, N., & Sundararaman, M. (2018). Intellectual Property Rights – An Overview. Retrieved from http://www.bdu.ac.in/cells/ipr/docs/ipr-eng-ebook.pdf 2. World Intellectual Property Organisation. (2004). WIPO Intellectual property Handbook. Retrieved from https://www.wipo.int/edocs/pubdocs/en/intproperty/489/wipo_pub _489.pdf 3. Cell for IPR Promotion and Management (http://cipam.gov.in/) 4. World Intellectual Property Organisation (https://www.wipo.int/about-ip/en/) 5. Office of the Controller General of Patents, Designs & Trademarks (http://www.ipindia.nic.in/) 6. Journal of Intellectual Property Rights (JIPR): NISCAIR
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping Program Specific Program Outcomes (POs) CO Outcomes (PSOs) s PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO1 PO1 PO1 PSO PSO PSO 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 1 2 3 1 1 - 3 - 2 - 1 2 - - - 2 - - -
2 1 - 3 - 2 - 2 2 - - - 2 - - -
3 - - 2 - 1 - 3 3 - - - 2 - - -
4 2 - 3 - 2 - 2 2 - - - 2 - - -
5 1 - 1 - 2 - 1 2 - - - 2 - - - Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 - High
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
143 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
MARKETING MANAGEMENT AND L T P C Hrs U20HSO503 RESEARCH 3 0 0 3 45 Course Objectives • To facilitate understanding of the conceptual framework of marketing in engineering. • To understand the concepts of product and market segmentation for engineering services and technological products. • Analyzing the various pricing concepts and promotional strategies for engineering and technology markets. • Learn to focus on a research problem using scientific methods in engineering and technological enterprises. • To be able to design and execute a basic survey research reports in in engineering and technological enterprises
Course Outcomes After completion of the course, the students will be able to CO1 - Analyze the fundamental principles involved in managing engineering and technological markets (K3) CO2 - Understand and develop product, and Market Segmentation for engineering services and technological Products (K4) CO3 - Develop pricing and promotional strategies for engineering and technology markets (K6) CO4 - Analyze market problems and be capable of applying relevant models to generate appropriate solutions to meet challenges in engineering and technological enterprises (K3) CO5 - Identify the interrelationships between market trends, innovation, sustainability and communication in engineering and technological enterprises (K5)
UNIT I MARKETING – AN OVERVIEW (9 Hrs) Definition, Marketing Process, Dynamics, Needs, Wants and Demands, Marketing Concepts, Environment, Mix, Types, Philosophies, Selling vs Marketing, Consumer Goods, Industrial Goods. UNIT II PRODUCT AND MARKET SEGMENTATION (9 Hrs) Product, Classifications of product, Product Life Cycle, New product development, Branding, Segmentation factors, Demographic, Psycho graphic and Geographic Segmentation, Process, Patterns. Services marketing and Industrial marketing. UNIT III PRICING AND PROMOTIONAL STRATEGIES (9 Hrs) Price: Objectives, Pricing Decisions and Pricing Methods, Pricing Management. Advertising-Characteristics, Impact, Goals, Types, Sales Promotion – Point of purchase, Unique Selling Propositions, Characteristics, Wholesaling, Retailing, Channel Design, Logistics.
UNIT IV RESEARCH AND ITS FUNDAMENTALS (9 Hrs) Research: Meaning, Objectives of Research, Types of Research, Significance of Research - Methods Vs Methodology - Research Process – Components of Research Problem, Literature Survey – Primary Data and Secondary Data, Questionnaire design, Measurement and Scaling Techniques. UNIT V BASIC STATISTICAL ANALYSIS AND REPORT WRITING (9 Hrs) Fundamentals of Statistical Analysis and Inference- Measures of Central Tendency -Measures of Dispersion - Measures of Asymmetry - Report Writing: Types of research reports, Techniques of Interpretation, Precautions in Interpretation, Significance of Report Writing, Different Steps in Report Writing, Layout of Research Report, Mechanics of Writing Research Report, Ethics in Research
Text Books 1. Philip Kolter & Keller, “Marketing Management”, Prentice Hall of India, 14th edition, 2012. 2. Lilien, Gary l., and Arvind Rangaswamy. “Marketing managers make ongoing decisions about product features, prices, distribution options”, The Handbook of Marketing Research: Uses, Misuses, and Future Advances (2006).
Reference Books 1. Chandrasekar. K.S., “Marketing Management Text and Cases”, 1st Edition, Tata McGraw Hill - Vijaynicole, 2010. 2. Kothari, C. “Research Methodology Methods and Techniques”, New Age International (P) Ltd., 2017 3. RajanSexena. Marketing Management: Text cases in Indian Context.(3rd edition) New Delhi, Tata McGraw hill, 2006 4. Moisander J, Valtonen A, “Qualitative marketing research: A cultural approach”, Sage Publisher, 2006.
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
144 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020 5. Malhotra NK, Satyabhushan Dash, “Marketing Research: An Applied Orientation”, 7th ed, Pearson Education, 2019
Web References 1. h ttps://swayam.gov.in/nd1_noc20_mg26/preview 2. h ttps://swayam.gov.in/nd1_noc20_mg26/preview 3. h ttps://www.entrepreneur.com/encyclopedia/market-research 4. Journal of Consumer Research – Oxford Academics 5. Journal of Marketing Research - SAGE Publishing
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping Program Specific Program Outcomes (POs) COs Outcomes (PSOs) PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3 1 - - 1 - - - 2 - - 1 - 1 - - - 2 - 1 2 - 1 - 3 - - 2 - 1 - - - 3 - - 1 - 1 - - - 2 1 - 1 - - - 4 - 3 2 2 - 1 - 1 1 2 - 1 - - - 5 - 2 2 1 2 2 - 2 2 2 - 1 - - - Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 - High
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
145 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
L T P C Hrs U20HSO504 PROJECT MANAGEMENT 3 0 0 3 45 Course Objectives • To understand the various concepts and steps in project management. • To familiarize the students with the project feasibility studies and project life cycle • To enable the students to prepare a project schedule • To understand the risk management and project Control process. • To learn about the closure of a project and strategies to be an effective project manager.
Course Outcomes After completion of the course, the students will be able to CO1 - Interpret the different concepts and the various steps in defining a project. (K2) CO2 - Examining the feasibility of a project. (K3) CO3 - Build a schedule for a Project. (K6) CO4 - Predict the risk associated with a project and demonstrate the project audit. (K2) CO5 - Analyse the project team and outline the Project closure. (K4)
UNIT I PROJECT MANAGEMENT CONCEPTS (9 Hrs) Project: Meaning, Attributes of a project, Project Life cycle, Project Stakeholders, Classification, Importance of project management, Project Portfolio Management System, Different Project Management Structure, Steps in Defining the Project, Project Rollup – Process breakdown structure – Responsibility Matrices – External causes of delay and internal constraints
UNIT II PROJECT FEASIBILITY ANALYSIS (9 Hrs) Opportunity Studies, Pre-Feasibility studies, and Feasibility Study: Market Feasibility, Technical Feasibility, Financial Feasibility and Economic Feasibility. Financial and Economic Appraisal of a project, Social Cost Benefit Analysis in India and Project Life Cycle.
UNIT III PROJECT SCHEDULING & NETWORK TECHNIQUES (9 Hrs) Scheduling Resources and reducing Project duration: Types of project constraints, classification of scheduling problem, Resources allocation methods, Splitting, Multitasking, Benefits of scheduling resources, Rationale for reducing project duration, Options for accelerating Project completion Developing and Constructing the Project Network (Problems), PERT, CPM; Crashing of Project Network,
UNIT IV PROJECT RISK MANAGEMENT AND PROJECT CONTROL (9 Hrs) Project Risk management; Risk concept, Risk identification, Risk assessment, Risk response development, Contingency planning, Contingency funding and time buffers, Risk response control, and Change control management Budgeting and Project Control Process, Control issues, Tendering and Contract Administration. Steps in Project Appraisal Process and Project Audits
UNIT V PROJECT CLOSURE AND MANAGING PROJECT (9 Hrs) Project Closure: Team, Team Member and Project Manager Evaluations. Managing versus Leading a Project: Qualities of an Effective Project Manager, Managing Project Stakeholders, Managing Project Teams: Five Stage Team Development Model, Situational factors affecting team development and project team pitfalls.
Text Books 1. E rik Larson and Clifford Gray. “Project Management: The Managerial Process”. 6th Edn. McGraw Hill Education; 2017. 2. H arold Kerzner. “Project Management: A systems approach to Planning, Scheduling and Controlling. 12th Edn. John Wiley & Sons; 2017
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
146 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020 Reference Books 1. Meredith, J.R. & Mantel, S. J. “Project Management- A Managerial Approach”. John Wiley.:2017 2. Prasanna Chandra. “Projects: Planning, Analysis, Selection, Financing, Implementation, and Review”. 9th Edn. McGraw Hill Education; 2019. 3. B C Punmia by K K Khandelwal. “Project Planning and Control with PERT and CPM”. 4th Edn. Laxmi Publications Private Limited; 2016. 4. Hira N Ahuja, S.P.Dozzi, S.M.Abourizk. “Project Management”. 2nd Edn. Wiley India Pvt Ltd; 2013. 5. “A guide to Project Management Body of Knowledge”. 6th Edn. Project Management Institute; 2017
Web Resources 1. www.pmi.org 2. www.projectmanagement.com 3. https://www.sciencedirect.com/journal/international-journal-of-project-management 4. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110/107/110107081/ 5. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110/104/110104073/
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping Program Specific Program Outcomes (POs) Outcomes (PSOs) COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
1 2 - 1 - - - - - 2 - 2 2 - - -
2 - 2 1 - - 1 - - 1 1 1 1 - - -
3 - 1 3 ------1 - - - -
4 3 1 1 - - 1 1 - - 1 1 3 - - -
5 3 - 3 - - - - 3 3 2 3 2 - - - Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 - High
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
147 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
L T P C U20HSO505 FINANCIAL KNOWHOW FOR ENGINEERS 2 1 0 3 Course Objectives • To develop a deeper understanding of the fundamentals of Accounting and Finance • To learn how to apply mathematical principles in Finance and the concepts of Risk and Return • To understand the need and procedure for conducting Financial Analysis for better decision-making • To be familiar with the modes of generating funds for business and their implications • To understand the scientific ways to determine deployment of funds in business
Course Outcomes After completion of the course, the students will be able to CO1: Understand basic concepts in accounting and finance and their importance for engineers (K2) CO2: Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the applications of mathematics in finance (K3) CO3: Conduct Financial Analysis and use the outcome in making informed decisions in investing (K4) CO4: Identify and Appreciate various sources of procurement of funds in business and their critical evaluation (K2) CO5: Know how to scientifically determine the investing in long-term and short-term assets in business (K3)
UNIT I: UNDERSTANDING THE FUNDAMENTALS (9 hrs) Assets – Need and Functions of Assets – Types of Assets – Factors determining Investments in Assets. Liabilities – Meaning and Functions of Liabilities – Types of Liabilities – Capital as a Liability: Why and How – The Accounting Equation – Balance Sheet Approach – Concept and Meaning of Finance – Financial Planning – Funds Procurement – Funds Deployment – Handling Surplus or Deficit of Funds – Distinction between Accounting and Finance – Significance of Accounting and Finance for Engineers – Financial Decisions.
UNIT II: MATHEMATICS OF FINANCE (9 hrs) Time Value of Money – Principles of Compounding and Discounting – Computation of Present Value and Future Value – Implications of TVM in Financial Decisions – Concept of Risk and Return – Measuring Risk and Return – Concept of Required Rate of Return and its significance in Investment Decisions – Risk-Return Trade-off – Concepts of Debt and Equity – Need for Equity in Business – Pros and Cons of Debt Capital – Concept of Tax Benefit in Debt – Concept of Inflation - How to factor Inflation in Financial Decisions.
UNIT III: FINANCIAL ANALYSIS (9 hrs) Meaning and Objectives of Financial Analysis – Annual Report As an Input for Analysis – Basic Understanding of Annual Reports - Tools of Financial Analysis – Horizontal Analysis – Vertical Analysis – Trend Analysis – Accounting Ratios – Significance of Ratio Analysis in Decision-making – Snap-shot of the Past to predict the Future – Computation of Key Ratios – Liquidity Ratios – Profitability Ratios – Performance Ratios – Ratios that are helpful for Potential Investors.
UNIT IV: FUNDS PROCUREMENT (9 hrs) Meaning of Funds – Sources of Funds – Long-Term Sources – Short-Term Sources – Spontaneous Sources – Financing Decisions in Business – Approaches to Financing – Hedging, Conservative and Aggressive Approaches – Capitalisation – Dangers of Undercapitalisation and Overcapitalisation in Business – Capital Structure – Need and Importance of Capital Structure – Determining Optimum Capital Structure – Concept and Computation of Earnings Before Interest and Tax (EBIT), Earnings Before Tax (EBT), and Earnings After Tax (EAT) - Leverage in Finance – Types and Computation of Leverages – Operating Leverage, Financial Leverage, and Combined Leverage.
UNIT V: FUNDS DEPLOYMENT (9 hrs) Investment Decisions – Meaning and Significance in Finance – Types of Investment Decisions: Long-Term Investment Decisions, Short-Term Investment Decisions, Decisions to invest Surplus Funds. Long-Term Investment Decisions: Significance – Methods: Pay-Back Period Method, Net Present Value Method and Benefit-Cost Ratio Method. Short-Term Investment Decisions – Concept of Working Capital – Need and Importance of Working Capital in Business – Determinants of Working Capital in a Business – Working Capital Financing. Components of Working Capital – Cash, Receivables and Inventory – Need to focus on Components. Dividends: Concept and Meaning – Implications of Dividend Decisions on Liquidity Management – Investing the Surplus: Principles and Methods.
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
148 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020 Text Books 1. R. Narayanaswamy, Financial Accounting – A managerial perspective, PHI Learning, New Delhi. (2015 or later edition) 2. C. Paramasivan and T. Subramanian. Financial Management. New Age International, New Delhi. (2015 or later edition)
Reference Books 1. S.N. Maheswari, Sharad K. Maheswari & Suneel K. Maheswari. Accounting For Management. Vikas Publishing (2017 or later edition) 2. Varun Dawar & Narendar L. Ahuja. Financial Accounting and Analysis. Taxmann Publications. (2018 or later edition) 3. Athma. P. Financial Accounting and Analysis. Himalaya Publishing House. (2017 or later edtion) 4. Prasanna Chandra. Financial Management. Tata-McGraw Hill Publishers, New Delhi. (2019 or later edition) 5. S.C. Kuchhal. Financial Management. Chaitanya Publishing House, Allahabad. (2014 or later edition)
Web Resources 1. http://www.annualreports.com/ 2. http://www.mmachennai.org/ 3. https://finance.yahoo.com/ 4. https://icmai.in/icmai/ 5. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110/107/110107144/ 6. https://web.utk.edu/~jwachowi/wacho_world.html 7. https://www.icai.org/indexbkp.html 8. https://www.icsi.edu/home/ 9. https://www.investopedia.com/ 10. https://www.moneycontrol.com/ 11. https://www.rbi.org.in/
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping Program Specific Program Outcomes (POs) COs Outcomes (PSOs) PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3 1 - - 1 - - - 2 - - 1 2 1 - - - 2 - 1 2 - 1 - 3 - - 2 2 1 - - - 3 - - 1 - 1 - - - 2 1 2 1 - - - 4 - 3 2 2 - 1 - 1 1 2 2 1 - - - 5 - 2 2 1 2 2 - 2 2 2 2 1 - - - Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 - High
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
149 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
L T P C Hrs U20HSP502 GENERAL PROFICIENCY -II 0 0 2 1 30 Course Objectives • To examine various standardized test in English language • To recognize the key features of various technical writing • To integrate LSRW skills to endorse multifarious skill set in practical situation • To understand the factors that influence the usage of grammar • To understand the basic concepts of logical reasoning skills
Course Outcomes After completion of the course, the students will be able to CO1 - Infer ideas to attend international standardized test by broadening receptive and productive skills.(K2) CO2 - Interpret the types of writing in different state of affairs (K2) CO3 - Develop language skills professionally to groom the overall personality through sensitizing various etiquettes in real time situation (K3) CO4 - Identify the rules of grammar in academic discourse settings (K3) CO5 - Extend the skills to compete in various competitive exams like GATE, GRE, CAT, UPSC, etc.(K2)
UNIT I -CAREER SKILLS (6Hrs) Listening: Listening at specific contexts Speaking: Mock interview (Personal & Telephonic)-Reading: Read and Review -Newspaper, Advertisement, Company Handbooks, and Guidelines (IELTS based) Writing: Essay Writing (TOEFL) Vocabulary: Words at specified context (IELTS)
UNIT II - CORPORATE SKILLS (6Hrs) Listening: Listening and replicating Speaking: Team Presentation (Work Place Etiquettes) Reading: Short texts (signs, emoticons, messages) Writing: E-mail writing- Hard skills -Resume’ Writing, Job Application Letter, Formal Letter Vocabulary: Glossary (IELTS) UNIT III - FUNCTIONAL SKILLS (6Hrs) Listening: Listening TED Talks – Speaking: Brainstorming &Individual Presentation, Persuasive Communication –- Reading: Text Completion (GRE Based) Writing: Expansion of Compound Words Vocabulary: Expansion of vocabulary (IELTS) UNIT IV - TRANSFERABLE SKILLS (6Hrs) Listening: Listening Documentaries and making notes –Speaking: Conversation practice at formal & informal context Reading: Read and transform- report, memo, notice and advertisement, Writing: Euphemism, Redundancy, and Intensifiers Vocabulary: Refinement of vocabulary (IELTS) UNIT V –APTITUDE (6 Hrs) Transformational Grammar: Phrases & Clauses, Concord, Conditional Clauses, Voice, Modals Verbal Ability Enhancement: Letter Series, Coding &Decoding, Sentence Completion (GATE), Critical Reasoning & Verbal Deduction (GATE), Syllogism
Reference Books 1. Lougheed, Lin. “Barron's Writing for the TOEFL IBT: With Audio CD”. Barron's Educational series, 2008. 2. Tulgan, Bruce. “Bridging the soft skills gap: How to teach the missing basics to today’s young talent”. John Wiley & Sons, 2015. 3. Sherfield, Robert M. “Cornerstone: Developing Soft Skills”. Pearson Education India, 2009. 4. Cullen, Pauline, Amanda French, and Vanessa Jakeman. “The official Cambridge guide to IELTS for academic & general training”.Cambridge, 2014. 5. Ramesh, Gopalaswamy. “The ace of soft skills: attitude, communication and etiquette for success”. Pearson Education India, 2010. Web References 1. https://www.englishclub.com/grammar/nouns-compound.htm 2. https://lofoya.com/Verbal-Test-Questions-and-Answers/Sentence-Completion/l3p1 3. https://www.grammarwiz.com/phrases-and-clauses-quiz.html 4. https://www.clarkandmiller.com/25-english-euphemisms-for-delicate-situations/ 5. http://www.englishvocabularyexercises.com/general-vocabulary/
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
150 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping
Program Specific Program Outcomes (POs) Outcomes (PSOs) COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
1 1 ------1 - 3 - 1 - 1 - 2 1 ------1 - 3 - 1 - 1 - 3 1 ------3 - 1 - 1 - 4 1 ------1 - 3 - 1 - 1 - 5 1 ------3 - 1 - - - Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
151 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
L T P C Hrs U20FTP510 GARMENT CONSTRUCTION - II LAB 0 0 2 1 30 Course Objectives • To demonstrate skills in sewing different types of seams. • To demonstrate fundamental concepts of preparing sample seams • To demonstrate skills in constructing commercial garment categories • To demonstrate skills in finishing garment samples • To train the students in garment construction . Course Outcomes After completion of the course, the students will be able to CO1 – Explain the various sewing and seam techniques (K4) CO2 - Organize the seam specification parameters for preparing samples(K3) CO3 - Construct samples making use of garmenting techniques(K4) CO4 - Predict the technical problems faced in seam sample preparation. (K3) CO5 - the students will be able to construct various garments for men, women and children. (K4)
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Pattern making of men’s / women’s jeans 2. Construction of layout of men’s / women’s jeans 3. Stitching of men’s / women’s jeans 4. Study of Operation breakdown of jeans 5. Pattern making of men’s / women’s vest-coat 6. Construction of layout of men’s / women’s vest-coat 7. Stitching of men’s / women’s vest-coat 8. Study of Operation breakdown of vest-coat 9. Draping of flounces and peplum 10. Draping of different types of skirt 11. Block development of trouser by draping method. 12. Pattern alteration of various body defects
Reference Book 3. Laboratory Manual prepared by the Department of Fashion Technology, 2020. 4. Jacob Solinger, “Apparel Production Handbook”, Reinhold Publications,1998 4. Carr H and Latham B., “The Technology of Clothing Manufacturing”, Blackwell Science, U.K.,1994
Web References 5. https://ncert.nic.in/vocational/pdf/ivsm103.pdf 6. https://www.slideshare.net/sarwatshabbir/1-garments 7. https://www.cottonworks.com/topics/sourcing-manufacturing/garment-manufacturing/the-art-of-garment- manufacturing-garment-construction/ 8. https://www.textileschool.com/258/garment-construction-techniques/
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping Program Specific Program Outcomes (POs) COs Outcomes (PSOs) PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3 1 3 3 - - 2 - - - 2 2 - - 2 - - 2 3 3 - - 2 - - - 2 2 - - 2 - - 3 3 3 - - 2 - - - 2 2 - - 2 - - 4 3 2 - - 2 - - - 2 2 - - 2 - - 5 3 2 - - 2 - - - 2 2 - - 2 - - Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
152 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
FASHION FORECASTING AND L T P C Hrs U20FTP511 ACCESSORIES LAB 0 0 2 1 30 Course Objectives • Describe forecasted colors, fabrics and trends according to seasons and market. • Discuss various forecasting methods used by reputed forecasting companies to • develop current trend for the local market. • Describe and classify different fashion accessories • To learn the concepts of story / mood board / colour board.
Course Outcomes After completion of the course, the students will be able to CO1 - Evaluate the forecasted colors, fabrics and trends according to seasons and market type as a member of team and present the same. CO1 - Apply various forecasting methods used by reputed forecasting companies to develop current trend for the local market CO1 - Gain knowledge on the selection of the suitable raw materials and accessories. CO1 - To describe and classify different fashion accessories CO1 - To explain material selection for various garment.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS 1. Study the Fashion forecasting and Fashion styling. 2. Study the fashion forecasting process, 3. study of colour and fabric forecasting. 4. Study of concept of mood, theme, inspiration and story board. 5. Previous decade study for colors, silhouettes, fabrics, styles and influences of socio-political and lifestyle causes on fashion: World scenario and Indian scenario. 6. To prepare research work sheet based on the selected theme. 7. To prepare forecasting sheet for colors, pattern and fabric for the ensuing seasons based on international forecast. 8. Preparation of Inspiration/Story boards/Mood boards. 9. Collections of fabric swatches, laces, braids, linings, wadding, Surface Ornamentations based on forecast done/ existing market trends 10. To prepare fabric swatch board foe the selected theme. 11. Illustrating Fashion Models for collection development. 12. To prepare client’s brief sheet, cost sheet and design development sheet. 13. Design development process: Selection of Seams, Necklines, Collars, Sleeves, cuffs, pockets, Accessories etc 14. Development of garment specification sheet for a selected garment. 15. Pattern Development for a garment out of developed collection. 16. Window Display.
Reference Books: 1. Laboratory Manual prepared by the Department of Fashion Technology, 2020. 2. Fashion Forecasting by Brannon, Evelyn L., Bloomsbury Publishing PLC, ISBN: 9781563678202 3. Fashion Forward: A Guide to Fashion Forecasting by Rousso Chelsea, Paperback Publications, ISBN: 9781563679247 4. Fashion Illustration for Designers by Kathryn Hagen, Paperback Publications, ISBN: 9780130983831 5. Illustrating Fashion: Concept to Creation by Steven Stipelman, Fairchild Books,ISBN: 9781563678301 6. Apparel Costing by M. Krishnakumar, Abhishek Publication, ISBN:9788182473928 7. Pattern making for fashion design by Helen Joseph Armstrong fifth edition, Pearson Education, Inc. ISBN-10: 0-13-606934-7 Web References 1. https://www.fibre2fashion.com/industry-article/83/fashion-forecasting 2. https://colormarketing.org/2018/06/06/what-is-color-forecasting/ 3. https://demand-planning.com/2019/10/02/how-to-present-forecasts-properly/ B.Tech. Fashion Technology
153 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020 4. https://www.slideshare.net/aslikarabulut/sales-forecasting 5. https://trendzoom.com/
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping Program Specific Program Outcomes (POs) COs Outcomes (PSOs) PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3 1 3 2 - - 1 3 ------2 - - 2 3 3 - - 2 2 ------3 - - 3 2 3 - - 2 3 ------2 - - 4 3 3 - - 2 3 ------2 - - 5 2 2 - - 2 3 ------4 - - Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
154 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
L T P C Hrs U20FTP512 TESTING OF TEXTILE AND APPARELS LAB 0 0 2 1 30 Course Objectives • To understand working principles/ procedures of various textile testing instruments • To test the fibre, yarn, fabric and accessories. • To test and interpret the data obtained from the testing instruments • To understand and concluded the standards and present the results • To understand the computerized colour matching instrument
Course Outcomes After completion of the course, the students will be able to CO1 - Acquire knowledge in basic working principles of testing instruments. (K1) CO2 - Develop skills in preparing samples for various types of experiments as per standards. (K1) CO3 - Analyze and interpret the data obtained from the testing instruments. (K4) CO4 - Conclude based on the standards and present the results. (K4) CO5 - Acquire knowledge in computerized colour matching instrument. (K1)
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Determination of Yarn Count and Lea Strength 2. Determination of Single / Ply Yarn Twist 3. Determination of Yarn Appearance Grade 4. Determination of Fabric Abrasion Resistance 5. Determination of Fabric Tensile Strength 6. Determination of Color Fastness to Rubbing - Crock meter 7. Determination of Fabric Stiffness and Crease Recovery Angle 8. Determination of Fabric bursting strength and fabric Drape. 9. Determination of fabric pilling. 10. Determination of fabric tear strength. 11. Determination of colorfastness to perspiration. 12. Determination of shrinkage of woven and knitted fabrics. 13. Determination of Seam Strength and Seam Slippage 14. Determination of Zipper strength 15. Determination of Button Pull Strength 16. Determination of Peel bond strength of fusible interlinings 17. Determination of Wickability of fabric 18. Determination of Spirality and Course length of Knitted fabrics 19. Classification of Fabric defects and evaluation using 4 point system. 20. Determination of Wettability of fabrics. 21. Determination of sublimation fastness and stretch & recovery of fabric. 22. Analysis of Seam puckers. 23. Determination of garment dimensional stability. 24. Color measurement of fabrics with computerized colour matching.
Reference Books 1. Laboratory Manual prepared by the Department of Fashion Technology, 2020. 2. Booth J.E., “Principle of Textile Testing”, Butterworth Publications, London, 1989 3. Kothari V. K., “Testing and Quality Management”, Progress in Textile Technology Vol.1, IAFL Publications, New Delhi, 1999 4. Sara J. Kadolph., “Quality Assurance for Textiles and Apparels”, Fair Child Publications, New York, 1998 5. Saville,B.P. “Physical Testing of Textiles”, Woodhead Publishing Ltd., England,2004. 6. Grover E G and Hamby D. S “Hand Book of Textile testing and quality Control”, Wiley Eastern Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 1969. 7. Ruth clock and Grace Kunz., “Apparel Manufacture – Sewn Product Analysis”, Upper Sadle River Publications, New York, 2000 8. Pradip V. Mehta., “Managing Quality in the Apparel Industry”, NIFT Publication, India, 1998 9. Slater K., “Physical Testing and Quality Control”, The Textile Institute, Vol.23, No.1/2/3 Manchester, 1993 10. Arindam Basu, "Textile Testing-Fiber, Yarn & Fabric", SITRA, India, 2001. B.Tech. Fashion Technology
155 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
Web References 1. https://textilevaluechain.in/textile-articles/textile-testing-and-quality-control/ 2. https://www.qima.com/testing/garments-apparel 3. https://www.fibre2fashion.com/industry-article/4345/quality-control-in-apparel 4. https://www.hqts.com/textile-and-apparel/ 5. https://www.intouch-quality.com/blog/5-packaging-quality-control-checks-no-importer-can-afford- to-skip
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping Program Specific Program Outcomes (POs) COs Outcomes (PSOs) PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3 1 3 - - 3 ------2 - 3 - 3 ------3 - - - 3 ------4 - 3 - 3 ------3 - 3 - - 5 - - - 3 2 - - - - 2 - - 3 - - Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
156 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
L T P C Hrs U20FTC5XX CERTIFICATION COURSE - V 0 0 4 - 50
Students shall choose an International certification course offered by the reputed organizations like Google, Microsoft, IBM, Texas Instruments, Bentley, Autodesk, Eplan and CISCO, etc. The duration of the course is 40-50 hours specified in the curriculum, which will be offered through Centre of Excellence. Pass /Fail will be determined on the basis of participation, attendance, performance and completion of the course. If a candidate Fails, he/she has to repeat the course in the subsequent years. Pass in this course is mandatory for the award of degree
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
157 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
SKILL DEVELOPMENT COURSE 4: FOREIGN L T P C Hrs U20FTS504 LANGUAGE/ IELTS - I 0 0 2 - 30
Student should choose the Foreign Language/IELTS course like Japanese/French/ Germany/IELTS, etc. approved by the Department committee comprising of HoD, Programme Academic Coordinator, Class advisor and language Experts. The courses are to be approved by Academic Council on the recommendation of HoD at the beginning of the semester if necessary, subject to ratification in the next Academic council meeting. Students have to complete the courses successfully. The Committee will monitor the progress of the student and recommend the grade (100% Continuous Assessment pattern) based on the completion of course. The marks attained for this course is not considered for CGPA calculation
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
158 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
SKILL DEVELOPMENT COURSE 5: PRESENTATION L T P C Hrs U20FTS505 SKILL USING ICT 0 0 2 - 30
The methodology used is “learning by doing”, a hands-on approach, enabling the students to follow their own pace. The teacher, after explaining the project, became a tutor, answering questions and helping students on their learning experience.
CT skills i. Understand ICT workflow in cloud computing. ii. Manage multitasking. iii. Deal with main issues using technology in class. iv. Record, edit and deliver audio and video. v. Automate assessments and results.
Teaching tools
vi. Different ways to create audiovisual activities. vii. Handle audiovisual editors. viii. Collaborative working. ix. Individualize learning experience. x. Get instant feedback from students.
Each one of the students will be assigned an ICT Topic and the student has to conduct a detailed study and have to prepare a report, running to 15 or 20 pages for which a demo to be performed followed by a brief question and answer session. The demo will be evaluated by the internal assessment committee for a total of 100 marks. The marks attained for this course is not considered for CGPA calculation.
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
159 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
L T P C Hrs U20FTM505 INDIAN CONSTITUTION 2 0 0 - 30 Course Objectives • To Enable the student to understand the importance of constitution • To understand the structure of executive, legislature and judiciary • To understand philosophy of fundamental rights and duties
Course Outcomes After completion of the course, the students will be able to CO1 - Understand historical background of the constitutional making and its importance for building a democratic India, the structure of Indian government, the structure of state government, the local Administration CO2 - Understand knowledge on directive principle of state policy, the knowledge in strengthening of the constitutional institutions like CAG, Election Commission and UPSC for sustaining democracy
UNIT I INDIAN CONSTITUTION Salient Features - Preamble - Fundamental Rights – Directive Principles of State Policy - Fundamental Duties
UNIT II PARLIAMENTRY SYSTEM Powers and Functions of President and Prime Minister - Council of Ministers - The Legislature Structure and Functions of Lok Sabha and Rajya Sabha – Speaker
UNIT III THE JUDICIARY Organization and Composition of Judiciary - Powers and Functions of the Supreme Court - Judicial Review – High Courts.
UNIT IV STATE GOVERNMENTS Powers and Functions of Governor and Chief Minister – Council of Ministers - State Legislature
UNIT V LOCAL GOVERNMENTS 73rd and 74th Constitutional Amendments – Federalism - Center – State Relations
Text Books
1. Basu D.D,” Introduction to Indian Constitution”, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2015. 2. Gupta D.C, “Indian Government and Politics”, Vikas Publishing House, New Delhi, 2010.
Reference Books
1. Pylee M.V, “Introduction to the Constitution of India”, Vikas Publishing House, New Delhi, 2011. 2. Kashyap S, “Our Constitution”, National Book Trust, New Delhi, 2010
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
160 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
L T P C Hrs U20FTT618 GARMENT PROJECT PLANNING 3 0 0 3 45 Course Objectives • To explain project planning. • To explain the selection of sewing machine for various operations • To estimate the production capacity and machine requirement for the garment manufacturing processes. • To formulate the project report for the garment unit. • To describe the material handling and labour compliments for the garment industry.
Course Outcomes After completion of the course, the students will be able to CO1 - Describe project planning and describe the phases of capital budgeting process. (K2) CO2 – Describe the sewing machine for various operations (K3) CO3 - Estimate production capacity and machine requirement for the garment manufacturing. (K2) CO4 - Formulate the project report for the garment unit by doing the techno economic viability. (K3) CO5 - Understand the material handling, and labour compliments for the garment units. (K2)
UNIT I PROJECT PLANNING (9 Hrs) Introduction, Capital investment required for project, Phases of Capital Budgeting, Difficulties in Capital expenditure, Phases involved
UNIT II SELECTION OF MACHINES (9 Hrs) Selection of machines & machinery specifications required for the product in Shirts, trousers, knit goods, made-ups, suits, ladies dress material etc. material handling equipment and labour requirements in the apparel industry.
UNIT III ANALYZE OF THE PLANNING, LAYOUT AND LOGISTICS IN GARMENT MANUFACTURING (9 Hrs) Analyze of the planning, layout and logistics in garment manufacturing, Application of computers in preparing for the production of clothing, Risk Analysis, Optimization of planning, Layout optimization, Logistics in garment industry, symptoms of bad layout. Layout aspects of garment unit. Selection of site for Garment industry, General location, Actual selection of specific site, Calculation of spatial requirements, factors influencing site selection, Climatic considerations, geo-technical report, bearing pressure etc. General information about textile & garment manufacturing industry centers in India.
UNIT IV FORMULATION OF A PROJECT REPOR (9 Hrs) Assumptions, Machinery Organizations, Requirement of Miscellaneous Fixed Assets & Machinery Stores & Spares, Requirement & Calculations related to Electrical Power, Lighting, Water, Steam etc.
UNIT V TECHNO-ECONOMIC VIABILITY (9 Hrs) Calculations of cost of project – Means of Finance – Estimates of sales & production – cost of production – working capital requirement – Profitability Projection – Breakeven point – Projected cash flow statements
TEXT BOOKS: 1. Jacob Solinger., “Apparel Manufacturing Handbook ", Vannostrand Reinhold Company (1980). 2. Gordana Colovic, “Management of Technology Systems in the Garment Industry”, Woodhead Publishing. 3. Bethel, Tann, Atwater and Rung, " Production Control ", McGraw Hill Book Co., New York, (1948). 4. Apple. J. M., “Plant Layout and Materials Handling ", The Ronald Press Co. New York (1950).
REFERENCES: 1. Project, Planning Analysis, Selection Implementation & Review by Prasanna Chandra, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd.,
Web References 1. https://www.textileblog.com/project-management-in-textile-and-apparel-industry/ B.Tech. Fashion Technology
161 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020 2. https://www.fibre2fashion.com/industry-article/6444/making-of-garments 3. https://www.fibre2fashion.com/industry-article/5837/the-logistics-management-in-textile-industry 4. http://worldapparelstore.blogspot.com/2020/01/apparel-manufacturing-project-report.html 5. https://www.fibre2fashion.com/industry-article/5551/techno-economics-of-garment-industry
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping Program Specific Program Outcomes (POs) COs Outcomes (PSOs) PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3 1 2 - 3 - 2 - - - 1 - 3 - - 2 - 2 2 - 3 - 2 - - - 2 - 3 - - 2 - 3 2 - 3 - 2 - - - 2 - 3 - - 2 - 4 2 - 3 - 2 - - - 2 - 3 - - 2 - 5 2 - 3 - 2 - - - 3 - 3 - - 2 - Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
162 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
L T P C Hrs U20FTT619 CAD – CAM FOR APPARELS 3 0 0 3 45 Course Objectives • To define the concepts of CAD-CAM and its usage in garment manufacturing. • To understand the computerized pattern making process. • To explain the CAD production planning • To explain the computerized production planning and 3D technology in garment manufacturing. • To explain the latest developments of CAD-CAM in apparel industry.
Course Outcomes After completion of the course, the students will be able to CO1 - Illustrate the concepts of CAD-CAM and its usage in garment manufacturing. (K2) CO2 - Discuss the computerized pattern making process. (K3) CO3 - Describe the computerized production planning CO3 - Describe the 3D Technology in garment manufacturing. (K4) CO4 - Interpret the latest developments of CAD-CAM in apparel industry. (K4) UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER: INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER (9 Hrs) Introduction - concepts of CAD / CAM. Usage of CAD/CAM in Garment Manufacturing. Principles of computer graphics, abbreviations and symbols used in CAD systems.
UNIT II COMPUTERIZED PRODUCTION PATTERN MAKING (9 Hrs) Comparison of manual and CAD systems. Computerized production pattern making – Hardware and software selection for CAD systems. How to produce a sample production pattern. Computer aided manipulation of pattern pieces to create individual styles. Operation of garment CAD software. Input and output reports for CAD
UNIT III COMPUTER AIDED PRODUCTION PLANNING (9 Hrs) Reports generated by production planning software – production output reports by customer/location/delivery date. Use of microcomputers for production control in garment industry.
UNIT IV 3-D MODELLING: INTELLIGENT SYSTEMS (9 Hrs) 3D scanning technology. 3D body scanners, Imaging techniques for various designs. Automatic Pattern Generation Systems. 2D to 3D conversion technology. Draping 2D patterns on 3D body forms. Digitizing a pattern and grading of patterns. Drape evaluation of 3D garment simulation.
UNIT V. COMPUTER AIDED MANUFACTURING (9 Hrs) Computer controlled machinery for garment manufacturing - automated layout planning by various techniques - Algorithm for computer production garment parts, Development of robotics for CAM. Creating marker plan and plotting markers. And developments in the 3D pattern making systems, WIP control using CAD software, 3D virtual clothing and simulation software.
TEXT BOOKS: 1. Winfred Aidrich, “CAD in Clothing and Textiles”, Blackwell Science Ltd., 1994. 2. Patric Taylor, “Computer in the Fashion Technology”, Om Book Service, 1997. 3. Stephen Gray “CAD / CAM in clothing and Textiles ", Gower Publishing Limited, 1998, ISBN 0-566- 07673X. 4. Compilation of papers presented at the Annual world conference Sep 26 -29, 1984
REFERENCES: 1. Hongkong, “Computers in the world of textiles ", The textile Institute ISBN: 0- 0900739-69X. 2. Winifred. Aldrich, " CAD in clothing and Textiles ", Blackwell Science 2nd edition,1992, ISBN: 0-63 - 3893 – 4 3. Jacob Solinger, “Apparel Manufacturing Handbooks ", Van no strand and Reinhold Company, 1980,ISBN:0-442-21904-0.
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
163 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
Web References 6. http://www.designamid.com/magazine.php?pageno=221 7. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Textile_design 8. https://www.slideshare.net/AniketSuryawanshi/sections-of-solids 9. https://www.slideshare.net/kashyapshah11/development-of-surfaces-of-solids 10. https://www.fibre2fashion.com/industry-article/5085/computer-aided-textile-designing
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping Program Specific Program Outcomes (POs) COs Outcomes (PSOs) PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3 1 3 3 ------2 2 3 - - 3 ------2 2 - 3 2 3 3 - 3 ------3 - - 4 3 3 - - 2 ------3 2 - 5 1 3 - - 2 ------3 - - Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
164 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
APPAREL DESIGN DEVELOPMENT AND SIZE FIT L T P C Hrs U20FTT620 ANALYSIS 3 0 0 3 45 Course Objectives • To describe development of children’s wear • To describe development of Men’s wear • To describe development of Women’s wear • To explain Sizing system and size standardisation • To explain the fitting and evaluation
Course Outcomes After completion of the course, the students will be able to CO1 - Discuss the various development of children’s wear. (K2) CO2 - Discuss the various development of Men’s wear. (K3) CO3 - Discuss the various development of Women’s wear. (K3) CO4 - Illustrate the concepts of Sizing system and size standardisation. (K3) CO5 - Illustrate fitting and evaluation of apparel. (K4) UNIT I CHILDREN’S WEAR (9 Hrs) Measurement required for the construction of children‘s wear, selection of thread, colour, material, trimmings and accessories for children‘s wear, pattern making and construction procedure – baba suit, baby‘s frock, shorts, rompers, pedal pusher, sleep suits, trouser blocks, snow suits, gathered knickers, a-line dress, pinafore.
UNIT II MEN’S WEAR (9 Hrs) Measurement required for the construction of men‘s wear, selection of thread, colour, material, trimmings and accessories for men‘s wear, pattern making and construction procedure – formal trouser, (pleated and flat front), leisure wear, boxer shorts, track suits, jean jacket, over jackets, tailored jacket with notched collar; notched collar in an unlined jacket, dungarees, anoraks, coats, night wear, weather wear, trousers, shirts, blazers, sizing and fit.
UNIT III WOMEN’S WEAR (9 Hrs) Measurement required for the construction of men‘s wear, selection of thread, colour, material, trimmings and accessories for men‘s wear, pattern making and construction – nighties, blouses, midi, skirts and tops, salwar kameez, trousers, skirts, a-line, umbrella, 6-gore skirt, circular skirt, skirt construction, ladies blouse construction, fashion jacket construction, ladies tailored jacket and overcoat, ladies vest, ladies jumper with all in one facing, lined bustier, one-piece garments, outerwear, coats, fitting and grading, achieving the perfect fit
UNIT IV SIZING SYSTEMS AND SIZE STANDARDISATION (9 Hrs) Existing sizing systems- strength and weakness, sizing system development- importance, size and shape surveys, anthropometric analysis, size analysis, key or control measurements, developing and validating sizing system, statistics used in sizing system development, apparel size designation and labeling, international sizing system development, size categories in men‘s, women‘s and children‘s wear. UNIT V METHODS OF FITTING AND EVALUATION (9 Hrs) METHODS OF FITTING AND EVALUATION: Fit -Definition, Importance, standards, influences of clothing fit, Methods of testing fit- fit models, fitting futures, measured methods, pinned pattern / tissue methods, trial garment, guide to fitting problems. Alternative methods for evaluating fit-using structural line, grain line, wrinkles, pinch test, inside measurement. Evaluating fit: subjective, objective, rating scales, subjective fitting guide, Objective method- moiré optics, algebraic evaluation of clothing fit, clothing waveform, pressure evaluation of clothing fit , 3D modelling of pressure fit.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Marie Clayton, ―Ultimate Sewing Bible – A Complete Rference with Step-by-Step Techniques‖, Collins & Brown, London, 2008. 2. Laing R M and Webster J, ―Stitches and Seams‖, Textile Progress, The Textile Institute, Manchester,1998. 3. Deepti gupta and Norsaadah Zakaria, ―Anthropometry, sizing and design‖ Textile Institute, Wood head Publishing Limited, England, 2004. 4. FanJ, Yu W and Hunter L, ―Clothing Appearance and Fit‖, Textile Institute, Wood head Publishing Limited, England , 2004 B.Tech. Fashion Technology
165 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
REFERENCES: 1. Harold Carr and Barbara Lathon, ―The Technology of Clothing Manufacture‖, Blackwell Sciences, UK, 1996. 2. Ukponmwan J O, Chatterjee K N and Mukhopadhyay A, ―Sewing Threads‖, Textile Progress Vol. 30, The Textile Institute, Manchester, 2001. 3. Connie Amaden Crawford, ―A Guide to Fashion Sewing‖, Fairchild Publications, New York, 1999. 4. Sandra Betzina, ―Fast fit – Easy pattern alterations for every figure‖ The Taunton Press, Newtown, USA, 2001.
Web References 1. https://www.fibre2fashion.com/industry-article/7264/keeping-up-with-the-boom-in-the-kids-wear- segment--a-basic-know-how 2. https://www.fibre2fashion.com/industry-article/7562/men-on-a-shopping-spree-menswear-gets-a- boost 3. https://www.slideshare.net/sheshir/fashion-33039857 4. https://fashionandtextiles.springeropen.com/articles/10.1186/s40691-019-0187-z 5. https://www.slideshare.net/sirleygripal/137-evaluating-garment-quality
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping Program Specific Program Outcomes (POs) COs Outcomes (PSOs) PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3 1 2 - 3 - 2 - - - - 1 2 - - 2 1 2 2 - 3 - 2 - - - - 1 2 - - 2 1 3 2 - 3 - 2 - - - - 1 2 - - 2 1 4 2 - 3 - 2 - - - - 1 2 - - 2 1 5 2 - 3 - 2 - - - - 1 2 - - 2 1 Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
166 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
ENVIRONMENT ENGINEERING AND L T P C Hrs U20FTT621 SUSTAINABILITY 3 0 0 3 45 Course Objectives • To enable students to importance and concept of sustainability • To impart the knowledge about product and process design with focus on sustainability • To describe importance of sustainable manufacturing of apparel and reuse and recycling in the apparel manufacturing • To explain Corporate Social Responsibility and mandatory certification towards sustainability. • To explain concepts norms for technical and social compliance requirements for apparel industry in domestic and international context. Course Outcomes After completion of the course, the students will be able to CO1: Gain knowledge importance and concept of sustainability (K2) CO2: Understand features of product and process design with focus on sustainability (K3) CO3: Learn about sustainable manufacturing of apparel and reuse and recycling in the apparel manufacturing to achieve sustainability (K4) CO4: Gain knowledge on Corporate Social Responsibility and mandatory certification towards sustainability. (K3) CO5: Understand the concepts norms for technical and social compliance requirements for apparel industry in domestic and international context. (K3)
UNIT I SUSTAINABLE DESIGN (11 Hrs) Definition of Sustainability – need for sustainability. Factors influencing sustainability. Impact of ecology, economy, and culture on sustainability. Product Life Cycle. Product design sustainability using low - impact materials, recyclable material content. Energy efficient product design, design for longer-lasting and better- functioning products, product design for reuse and recycling. Assessing the product sustainability. Sustainable fibres – organic cotton, recycled polyester, alternative sustainable fibers. UNIT II SUSTAINABLE PROCESS DEVELOPMENT (9 Hrs) Sustainability through Manufacturing Resource Efficiency - raw material, plant and machinery, human resource, financial resource. Sustainable manufacture through application of alternative energy source, reuse and recycle of energy. Sustainable process through technology innovation – application of CAD / CAM / CIM in process innovation and improvement. Extending product life cycle through reuse and recycle of process waste. Assessing process sustainability UNIT III SUSTAINABLE MANUFACTURE (9 Hrs) Sustainable elements in manufacture – cost of production, power consumption, and waste creation – process waste and defects, operational safety and ergonomics, environmental friendliness. Sustainability in supply chain - supplier sustainability assessment. Safe and efficient care method for apparels to increase sustainability. UNIT IV REUSE AND RECYCLE OF WASTE (7 Hrs) Types of wastes in textile and apparel manufacture – material waste, human resource waste, energy waste. Scope of reuse and recycle of waste in textile and apparel manufacture. Waste elimination at source in textile and apparel manufacturing. UNIT V COMPLIANCE FOR SUSTAINABILITY (9 Hrs) Role of National and international regulating organizations in sustainability –,Worldwide Responsible Accredited Production (WRAP). mandatory requirements – benefits to company, labour and society. Text Books 1. Dalcacio.R, Julius.W, ‘Product Design in the Sustainable Era’, Taschen Publication. 2000 2. Cynthia.L, ‘Apparel Product Design and Merchandising Strategies’, Prentice Hall, 2007. 3. Marsha.A, Dickson, Suzanne.L, Molly.E, “Social Responsibility in the Global Apparel Industry”, Bloomsbury Publishing Plc. 2011 4. Subramanian Senthilkannan Muthu, Miguel Angel Gardetti Sustainability in the Textile and Apparel Industries, ISBN 978-3-030-38545-3, Springer International Publishing, 2020
Reference Books 1. Lewis, H. and Gertsakis, J. Design and Environment: A Global Guide to Designing Greener Goods, Greenleaf Publishing, Sheffield, 2001. 2. Janet Hethorn, Connie Ulasewicz, ‘Sustainable Fashion: Why Now? A conversation exploring issues, practices, and possibilities’, Fairchild Books, 2007. B.Tech. Fashion Technology
167 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020 3. Ann Paulins and Julie L. Hillery, Ethics in the Fashion Industry New York, Fairchild Books, 2009. 4. Bartlett N., Mc Gill I. and Morley N., Maximising the Reuse and Recycling of UK Clothing & Textiles, UK: Oakdene Hollins, 2009. 5. Liz Parker and Marsha A. Dickson, ‘Sustainable Fashion: A Handbook for Educators’ Labour Behind the Label, 2009.
Web References 1. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sustainable_fashion 2. https://www.fibre2fashion.com/industry-article/8442/top-5-sustainability-trends-for-apparel-and- fashion-industry 3. https://www.sgtgroup.net/textile-quality-management-blog/sustainable-fashion-transformation- recycling-and-reuse 4. https://www.fibre2fashion.com/industry-article/5914/environmental-compliance-in-textile-industry
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping Program Specific Program Outcomes (POs) COs Outcomes (PSOs) PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3 1 1 - 1 - - 3 3 - 2 - - 2 - 1 2 2 2 - 3 - - 3 3 - 3 - - 2 - 1 2 3 2 - 3 - - 3 3 - 3 - - 2 - 2 2 4 2 - 3 - - 3 3 - 3 - - 2 - 2 2 5 2 - 3 - - 3 3 - 3 - - 2 - 2 2 Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
168 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
L T P C Hrs U20FTP613 GARMENT PROJECT PLANNING LAB 0 0 2 1 30 Course Objectives • To describe importance of project planning, • To estimate the production capacity and machine requirement for the garment manufacturing processes. • To explain formulate the project report for the garment unit. • To explain material handling and labour compliments for the garment industry. • To explain planning and construction of garment industry.
Course Outcomes After completion of the course, the students will be able to CO1 - Describe the project planning.(K4) CO2 - Describe project planning and describe the phases of capital budgeting process.(K4) CO3 - Estimate production capacity and machine requirement for the garment manufacturing.(K4) CO4 - Formulate the project report for the garment unit by doing the techno economic viability.(K5) CO5 - understand the material handling, and labour compliments for the garment units.(K4)
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Study for Selection of the product, operation breakdown and machine requirement 2. Study of different norms of garment industry 3. Study of Machinery selection and specification for particular product 4. Study of Machinery requirement according to production capacity 5. Study of Interdepartmental relationship chart for the apparel industry 6. Study of Final Layout of apparel manufacturing industry. 7. Study for Area calculation for different departments of garment industry 8. Study for site selection for the apparel industry 9. Study for Construction of building of garment industry. 10. Study of material handling equipment in apparel industry 11. Study for Estimation of labour compliment in apparel industry 12. Formulation of project report for knit goods
Reference Books:
1. Laboratory Manual prepared by the Department of Fashion Technology, 2020 2. Jacob Solinger., “Apparel Manufacturing Handbook ", Vannostrand Reinhold Company (1980). 3. Gordana Colovic, “Management of Technology Systems in the Garment Industry”, Woodhead Publishing. 4. Bethel, Tann, Atwater and Rung, " Production Control ", McGraw Hill Book Co., New York, (1948). 5. Apple. J. M., “Plant Layout and Materials Handling ", The Ronald Press Co. New York (1950). 6. Project, Planning Analysis, Selection Implementation & Review by Prasanna Chandra, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd.,
Web References 1. https://www.textileblog.com/project-management-in-textile-and-apparel-industry/ 2. https://www.fibre2fashion.com/industry-article/6444/making-of-garments 3. https://www.fibre2fashion.com/industry-article/5837/the-logistics-management-in-textile-industry 4. http://worldapparelstore.blogspot.com/2020/01/apparel-manufacturing-project-report.html 5. https://www.fibre2fashion.com/industry-article/5551/techno-economics-of-garment-industry
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
169 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020 COs/POs/PSOs Mapping Program Specific Program Outcomes (POs) COs Outcomes (PSOs) PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3 1 2 - 3 - 2 - - - 1 - 3 - - 3 1 2 2 - 3 - 2 - - - 2 - 3 - - 3 1 3 2 - 3 - 2 - - - 2 - 3 - - 3 1 4 2 - 3 - 2 - - - 2 - 3 - - 3 1 5 2 - 3 - 2 - - - 3 - 3 - - 3 1 Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
170 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
L T P C Hrs U20FTP614 CAD – CAM FOR APPARELS LAB 0 0 2 1 45 Course Objectives • To define the concepts of CAD-CAM and its usage in garment manufacturing. • To understand the Computer aided pattern drafting for different apparels. • To explain the skill of grading various apparel patterns using CAD • To construct specification sheets for garments as per requirements • To explain Estimate the fabric consumption.
Course Outcomes After completion of the course, the students will be able to CO1 Develop Computer aided pattern drafting for different apparels (K3) CO2 Develop the skill of grading various apparel patterns using CAD (K3) CO3 Create and manipulate efficient marker plans (K4) CO4 Construct specification sheets for garments as per requirements (K3) CO5 Estimate the fabric consumption (K3)
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. To understand the usage of the basic tools available for pattern making in any of the CAD software. 2. Draft the basic block using the tools available in the CAD software 3. Grade the basic block using grading tools available in CAD software 4. Measure and Check the correctness of seams in the patterns 5. To add darts/pleats/notches/folds in the patterns 6. Create marker plan for a set of patterns drafted in CAD 7. To understand the usage of the tools available in fashion designing software 8. To drape a one-piece garment on the models available with the tools available in fashion designing software 9. To drape any party-wear garment on the models available with the tools available in fashion designing software 10. Digitize a manually drafted pattern with the help of digitizer and grade the digitized pattern for all sizes 11. Create a mixed marker plan for all the sizes drafted/graded and plot the pattern with the plotter 12. To make a textile print (sari border / bedsheet / curtain print) with the tools available in Wonder weaves Tex Print
Reference Books: 1. Laboratory Manual prepared by the Department of Fashion Technology, 2020 2. Winfred Aidrich, “CAD in Clothing and Textiles”, Blackwell Science Ltd., 1994. 3. Patric Taylor, “Computer in the Fashion Technology”, Om Book Service, 1997. 4. Stephen Gray “CAD / CAM in clothing and Textiles ", Gower Publishing Limited, 1998, ISBN 0-566- 07673X. 5. Compilation of papers presented at the Annual world conference Sep 26 -29, 1984 6. Hongkong, “Computers in the world of textiles ", The textile Institute ISBN: 0- 0900739-69X. 7. Winifred. Aldrich, " CAD in clothing and Textiles ", Blackwell Science 2nd edition,1992, ISBN: 0-63 - 3893 – 4 8. Jacob Solinger, “Apparel Manufacturing Handbooks ", Van no strand and Reinhold Company, 1980,ISBN:0-442-21904-0. Web References 1. http://www.designamid.com/magazine.php?pageno=221 2. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Textile_design 3. https://www.slideshare.net/AniketSuryawanshi/sections-of-solids 4. https://www.slideshare.net/kashyapshah11/development-of-surfaces-of-solids 5. https://www.fibre2fashion.com/industry-article/5085/computer-aided-textile-designing
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
171 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020 COs/POs/PSOs Mapping Program Specific Program Outcomes (POs) COs Outcomes (PSOs) PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3 1 - 3 - - 3 - - - 3 2 - - 3 3 - 2 - 3 - - 3 - - - 3 2 - - 3 3 - 3 - 3 - - 3 - - - 3 2 - - 2 2 - 4 - 2 - - 3 ------2 2 - 5 - - - - 2 - - - 3 2 - - 2 2 - Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
172 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
APPAREL DESIGN DEVELOPMENT AND L T P C Hrs U20FTP615 SIZE FIT ANALYSIS LAB 0 0 2 1 30 Course Objectives • To development of children’s wear • To development of Men’s wear • To development of Women’s wear • To explain prototyping of possible solutions • To explain the products as a solution
Course Outcomes After completion of the course, the students will be able to CO1 - Develop Computer aided pattern drafting for different apparels (K3) CO2 - Develop the skill of grading various apparel patterns using CAD (K3) CO3 - Create and manipulate efficient marker plans (K4) CO4 - Carryout ideation and prototyping of possible solutions for the developed brief. (K3) CO5 - Develop products as a solution for the defined problems and present them visually (K3)
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Preparation of colour palette from various sources. 2. Collection of different textures 3. Develop a presentation board and a broacher highlighting your product and its features 4. Develop prototypes of possible design solution selected from the 25 ideas and document the same. 5. Develop a technical specification sheet for the final chosen design. 6. Develop a Men’s wear – Formal, casual and party wears and 3D modelling of pressure fit 7. Develop a Women’s wear – Formal, casual and party wears and 3D modelling of pressure fit 8. Develop a Kids wear – Formal, casual and party wears and 3D modelling of pressure fit 9. Collection of Indian designer ‘s profile and designs. 10. Collection of International designer ‘s profile and designs. 11. Collection of fashion accessories 12. Portfolio styles and presentation
Reference Books: 1. Laboratory Manual prepared by the Department of Fashion Technology, 2020 2. Winfred Aidrich, “CAD in Clothing and Textiles”, Blackwell Science Ltd., 1994. 3. Patric Taylor, “Computer in the Fashion Technology”, Om Book Service, 1997. 4. Stephen Gray “CAD / CAM in clothing and Textiles ", Gower Publishing Limited, 1998, ISBN 0-566- 07673X. 5. Compilation of papers presented at the Annual world conference Sep 26 -29, 1984 6. Hongkong, “Computers in the world of textiles ", The textile Institute ISBN: 0- 0900739-69X. 7. Winifred. Aldrich, " CAD in clothing and Textiles ", Blackwell Science 2nd edition,1992, ISBN: 0-63 - 3893 – 4 8. Jacob Solinger, “Apparel Manufacturing Handbooks ", Van no strand and Reinhold Company, 1980,ISBN:0-442-21904-0. Web References 1. http://www.designamid.com/magazine.php?pageno=221 2. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Textile_design 3. https://www.slideshare.net/AniketSuryawanshi/sections-of-solids 4. https://www.slideshare.net/kashyapshah11/development-of-surfaces-of-solids 5. https://www.fibre2fashion.com/industry-article/5085/computer-aided-textile-designing
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping Program Specific Program Outcomes (POs) COs Outcomes (PSOs) PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3 B.Tech. Fashion Technology
173 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020 1 - 3 - 1 3 - - - 3 2 - - 3 3 - 2 - 3 - 1 3 - - - 3 2 - - 3 3 - 3 - 3 - 1 3 - - - 3 2 - - 2 2 - 4 - 2 - 1 3 ------2 2 - 5 - - - 1 2 - - - 3 2 - - 2 2 - Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
174 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
L T P C Hrs U20FTC6XX CERTIFICATION COURSE - VI 0 0 4 - 50
Students shall choose an International certification course offered by the reputed organizations like Google, Microsoft, IBM, Texas Instruments, Bentley, Autodesk, Eplan and CISCO, etc. The duration of the course is 40-50 hours specified in the curriculum, which will be offered through Centre of Excellence. Pass /Fail will be determined on the basis of participation, attendance, performance and completion of the course. If a candidate Fails, he/she has to repeat the course in the subsequent years. Pass in this course is mandatory for the award of degree
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
175 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
SKILL DEVELOPMENT COURSE 6: FOREIGN L T P C Hrs U20FTS606 LANGUAGE/ IELTS - II 0 0 2 - 30
Student should choose the Foreign Language/IELTS course like Japanese/French/ Germany/IELTS, etc. approved by the Department committee comprising of HoD, Programme Academic Coordinator, Class advisor and language Experts. The courses are to be approved by Academic Council on the recommendation of HoD at the beginning of the semester if necessary, subject to ratification in the next Academic council meeting. Students have to complete the courses successfully. The Committee will monitor the progress of the student and recommend the grade (100% Continuous Assessment pattern) based on the completion of course. The marks attained for this course is not considered for CGPA calculation
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
176 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
L T P C Hrs U20FTS607 SKILL DEVELOPMENT COURSE 7 (Technical Seminar) 0 0 2 - 30
Course Objectives • To encourage the students to study advanced engineering developments • To prepare and present technical reports. • To encourage the students to use various teaching aids such as over head projectors, power point presentation and demonstrative models.
Course Outcomes
After completion of the course, the students will be able to CO1 - Review, prepare and present technological developments. CO2 - Face the placement interviews.
Method of Evaluation:
• During the seminar session each student is expected to prepare and present a topic on engineering/ technology, for duration of about 20 minutes. • In a session of three periods per week, 8 to 10 students are expected to present the seminar. • Each student is expected to present atleast twice during the semester and the student is evaluated based on that. • At the end of the semester, he / she can submit a report on his / her topic of seminar and marks are given based on the report. • A Faculty guide is to be allotted and he / she will guide and monitor the progress of the student and maintain attendance also. • Evaluation is 100% internal. The marks attained for this course is not considered for CGPA calculation.
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
177 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
L T P C Hrs U20FTS608 SKILL DEVELOPMENT COURSE 8 ( NPTEL / MOOC - I ) 0 0 2 - 30
Student should register online courses like MOOC / SWAYAM / NPTEL etc. approved by the Department committee comprising of HoD, Programme Academic Coordinator, Class advisor and Subject Experts. Students have to complete the relevant online courses successfully. The list of online courses is to be approved by Academic Council on the recommendation of HoD at the beginning of the semester if necessary, subject to ratification in the next Academic council meeting. The Committee will monitor the progress of the student and recommend the grade (100% Continuous Assessment pattern) based on the completion of course / marks secured in online examinations. The marks attained for this course is not considered for CGPA calculation.
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
178 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
L T P C Hrs U20FTM606 ESSENCE OF INDIAN TRADITIONAL KNOWLEDGE 2 0 0 - 30 Course Objectives The course will introduce the students to • To get a knowledge in Indian Culture • To Know Indian Languages and Literature and the fine arts in India • To explore the Science and Scientists of Medieval and Modern India
Course Outcomes After completion of the course, the students will be able to CO1- Understand philosophy of Indian culture. CO2 -Distinguish the Indian languages and literature. CO3 -Learn the philosophy of ancient, medieval and modern India. CO4 - Acquire the information about the fine arts in India. CO5 - Know the contribution of scientists of different eras.
UNIT - I Introduction to Culture: Culture, civilization, culture and heritage, general characteristics of culture, importance of culture in human literature, Indian Culture, Ancient India, Medieval India, Modern India
UNIT - II Indian Languages, Culture and Literature: Indian Languages and Literature-I: the role of Sanskrit, significance of scriptures to current society, Indian philosophies, other Sanskrit literature, literature of south India Indian Languages and Literature-II: Northern Indian languages & literature
UNIT - III Religion and Philosophy: Religion and Philosophy in ancient India, Religion and Philosophy in Medieval India, Religious Reform Movements in Modern India (selected movements only)
UNIT – IV Fine Arts in India (Art, Technology& Engineering): Indian Painting, Indian handicrafts, Music, divisions of Indian classic music, modern Indian music, Dance and Drama, Indian Architecture (ancient, medieval and modern), Science and Technology in India, development of science in ancient, medieval and modern India
UNIT – V Education System in India: Education in ancient, medieval and modern India, aims of education, subjects, languages, Science and Scientists of Ancient India, Science and Scientists of Medieval India, Scientists of Modern India
Reference Books
1. Kapil Kapoor, “Text and Interpretation: The India Tradition”,ISBN: 81246033375, 2005 2. “Science in Samskrit”, Samskrita Bharti Publisher, ISBN 13: 978-8187276333, 2007 3. NCERT, “Position paper on Arts, Music, Dance and Theatre”, ISBN 81-7450 494-X, 200 4. S. Narain, “Examinations in ancient India”, Arya Book Depot, 1993 5. Satya Prakash, “Founders of Sciences in Ancient India”, Vijay Kumar Publisher, 1989 6. M. Hiriyanna, “Essentials of Indian Philosophy”, Motilal BanarsidassPublishers, ISBN 13: 978- 8120810990, 2014
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
179 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
L T P C Hrs U20FTE611 APPAREL PRODUCT ENGINEERING 3 0 0 3 45 Course Objectives • To identify and analyze fabric, prints/embroidery, trims and sources of raw materials • To develop branding techniques for apparels. • To explain the product appraisal. • To develop the prototype and control the quality of garment by using correct and effective information of patterns and construction. • To develop and analyze pattern making and construction skill.
Course Outcomes After completion of the course, the students will be able to CO1 - Identify and analyze fabric, prints/embroidery, trims and sources of raw materials. (K3) CO2 - Develop branding techniques for apparels. (K2) CO3 - Know the product appraisal. (K2) CO4 - Develop the prototype and control the quality of garment by using correct and effective information of patterns and construction(K4) CO5 - Develop and analyze pattern making and construction skill. (K4)
UNIT I PRODUCT ENGINEERING (9 Hrs) Objectives and Scope of product development in textiles and clothing. Performance and serviceability concepts in textiles and apparels. Effect of changes in fibre, yarn type and fabric construction, finishing and Trims on performance and serviceability of apparel products. Consideration of a good product design. Product development procedure -Selection of product, Product analysis, Product design procedure- Preliminary design, Maintainability, Reliability and Redundancy, Final design. Product life cycle. UNIT II APPAREL PRODUCT BRANDING (9 Hrs) Introductions, Review branding and the marketing mix, Review of brand management and brand leadership ideas, Marketing communications overview, developing marketing and communication programs for brands, Social Media and the branded customer Experience, Measuring brand performance, brand audit, the role of emotion and affect in brand building, Brand extensions, Management of brand equity for long-term success.
UNIT III PRODUCT APPRAISAL (9 Hrs) Functional, aesthetic, Manufacturing and economic analysis, Market Research, Material Research, Equipment and process research
UNIT IV TRIMS USED AND DEVELOPMENT OF SPECIFICATION SHEET (9 Hrs) Thread: Cotton/blend/nylon, count, color, brand etc. Button: Thermoplastic/metallic/MOP, button size etc., Interlining: Fusible /Non‐Fusible, Type of base fabric used, Type of Resin used etc., Zipper: Nylon/metallic, Teeth size, type slider etc. Label : Printed/ Woven, no. of color used, etc.
UNIT V SIMULATION OF SPECIFIED PROPERTIES OR SPECIFICATION (9 Hrs) Color fastness and strength test of sewing thread, loop test and flexural rigidity test of sewing thread, Breakage and melting point test of buttons, strength and bending test of zipper, Elastomeric (ZWICK/INSTRON)) test of Elastic similar analysis and tests of any other trim used in the trims. Development of Measurement Specification Chart with Flat Sketch and with important Construction Details Development of Flow Process Chart with Stitch Type, Seam Diagram and M/C details Development of Pattern Construction of Prototype. Determination of CMT
Text Books 1. Handbook of Textile Design: Principles, Processes, and Practice by Jacquie Wilson, Paperback Publications, ISBN: 978-0849313127 2. The Design Logic of Textile Products by Tsuyoshi Matsuo, Paperback Publications, ISBN: 978-1870372015 3. Engineering Design by George E. Dieter , Linda C. Schmidt 4th Edition, Paperback Publications, ISBN: 9781259064852 4. Total Quality Management by Dale H. Besterfield, Carol Besterfield-Michna, Glen H. Besterfield, Mary Besterfield-Sacre, Hermant Urdhwareshe, Rashmi 5. Urdhwareshe, Pearson Education India, ISBN :9788131732274 B.Tech. Fashion Technology
180 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020 6. Proceedings of the Seminar – Non woven Technology, Market and Product Potential, IIT, New Delhi, December 2006 7. Juran’s Quality Handbook by Joseph M. Juran, Blanton Godfrey, Robert E. Hoogstoel, Edward G. Schilling, fifth edition, McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. ISBN 0-07-034003-X
Reference Books 1. Jacob Solinger., “Apparel Manufacturing Handbook ", Vannostrand Reinhold Company (1980). 2. Gordana Colovic, “Management of Technology Systems in the Garment Industry”, Woodhead Publishing.
Web References 1. https://apparelresources.com/business-news/manufacturing/ie-in-apparel-manufacturing-xii/ 2. https://www.fibre2fashion.com/industry-article/3768/brand-building-in-the-apparel-industry 3. https://www.slideshare.net/garymobile15/apparel-designer-performance-appraisal 4. https://www.onlineclothingstudy.com/2018/02/apparel-product-specification-sheet-and.html 5. https://apparelresources.com/technology-news/manufacturing-tech/3d-garment-simulation/
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping Program Specific Program Outcomes (POs) COs Outcomes (PSOs) PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3 1 1 - 3 - - 3 3 - 2 - - 2 - 1 2 2 2 - 3 - - 3 3 - 3 - - 2 - 1 2 3 2 - 3 - - 3 3 - 3 - - 2 - 2 2 4 2 - 3 - - 3 3 - 3 - - 2 - 2 2 5 2 - 3 - - 3 3 - 3 - - 2 - 2 2 Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
181 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
L T P C Hrs U20FTE612 ADVANCES IN GARMENT FINISHING 3 0 0 3 45 Course Objectives • Ability to describe working principle & procedure of machines used in garment industry. • Ability to Summarize the various specialty finishes used in garment industry • Ability to compare the effects given to garment by various wash down processes • To describe the effect of fibre characteristics, water, detergent, stain removal, laundry and dry-cleaning process on apparel. • To analyse the effect on colour fastness to various agencies like washing, rubbing, etc. on garments in concern with care labels
Course Outcomes After completion of the course, the students will be able to CO1 - Describe working principle & procedure of machines used in garment industry. (K4) CO2 - Summarize the various specialty finishes used in garment industry(K3) CO3 - Summarize to compare the effects given to garment by various wash down processes (K4) CO4 - Explain effect of fibre characteristics, water, detergent, stain removal, laundry and dry cleaning process on apparel. (K2) CO5 - Describe the effect on colour fastness to various agencies like washing, rubbing, etc. on garments in concern with care labels(K3) UNIT I APPAREL FINISHING (9Hrs) Introduction – Objects of finishing, Importance of finishing, classification of finishes, Difference between finishing of woven fabric, Knit goods, and Readymade garments. Finishing machinery such as stenter, compressive shrinkage range, calendar, drum washing machine, hydro extractor, Tumble drier. Resin Finishing – Mechanism of resin finishing, concept of anti-crease, wash-n-wear and durable press finish. Finishing of Synthetic Materials – Heat setting and weight reduction of polyester
UNIT II FUNCTIONAL FINISHES FOR GARMENTS (9Hrs) Concept of garment finishing, Difference between pre-garment stage and readymade garment stage finishing, Anti-static finish, antimicrobial finish, flame retardant finish, various softening and stiffening treatments, water repellent finish, water resistant breathable finish, Bio polishing, etc.
UNIT III WASH DOWN EFFECTS ON DENIM (9Hrs) Regular wash, Bleach wash, Stone Wash, Enzyme Wash, Combined enzyme and stone wash, Sand Blasting, Monkey Wash, Grinding, Whiskering, Ozone Fading, Acid wash.
UNIT IV CONCEPT OF WOVEN AND KNIT CLOTHING CARE (9Hrs) Characteristics of various textile fibers, Introduction to laundry process, Laundering and dry cleaning process for garment, various laundry agents like soap, detergent, bleaching agent, optical whitening agents, stiffeners, softeners, Nature and classification of stains, Principle and classification of stain removals, Common stains and their removal UNIT V CARE LABELS AND ENVIRONMENTAL ASPECTS(9Hrs) Importance of care label. Various systems of care labeling, instructions for washing, drying, ironing, dry cleaning and bleaching. Concept of banned dyes, formaldehyde, PCP, pesticides, heavy metals, their eco-norms and eco-label.
Text Books:
1. Garment Finishing and Care Labelling by S.S.Satsangi, Usha Publishers,53-B/AC-IV, Shalimar Bagh, New Delhi. 2. Stain Removing Techniques byS.S.Satsangi, Usha Publishers,53-B/AC-IV, Shalimar Bagh, New Delhi. 3. Know All About Denim by Dinkar Mahajan Publishers Private Limited, Ahmadabad. 4. Denim - Manufacture, Finishing and Applications, Edited by Roshan Paul, Woodhead Publishing Series in Textiles 5. Fabric Care by Noemia D’ Souza, New Age International Publications 6. Introduction to Clothing Production Management, by Chutler A J, Blackwell science, UK, 1998
Reference Books: 1. AATCC Technical Manual 2007 B.Tech. Fashion Technology
182 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020 2. Textile Finishing,edited by Derek Heywood, Society of Dyers and Colourists
Web References 1. https://www.fibre2fashion.com/industry-article/1709/impact-of-textiles-and-clothing-industry-on- environment-approach-towards-eco-friendly-textiles 2. https://www.slideshare.net/sheshir/denim-washing-34238420 3. https://www.slideshare.net/nabaneeta1997/functional-finishes-of-garments 4. https://revolutionfabrics.com/blogs/gotcha-covered/when-to-choose-a-woven-fabric-over-a-knit-fabric COs/POs/PSOs Mapping Program Specific Program Outcomes (POs) COs Outcomes (PSOs) PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3 1 2 - 3 - - 3 - - - - - 2 2 3 - 2 2 1 3 - - 3 - - - - - 2 2 3 - 3 - 1 3 - - 3 3 - - - - 2 2 3 - 4 - - 3 - - 3 - - - - 2 2 3 - 5 - 1 3 3 - 3 3 2 - - 3 2 2 3 - Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 - High
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
183 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
L T P C Hrs U20FTE613 FUNDAMENTALS OF NANOSCIENCE 3 0 0 3 45 Course Objectives • To acquire knowledge in nano science. • To learn the basic of nano material preparation. • To learn how to design nano material. • To acquire knowledge in characterise and technics of nano materials. • To develop the application of nano material
Course Outcomes After completion of the course, the students will be able to CO1 - Will familiarize about the science of nanomaterials. (K2) CO2 -Will demonstrate the preparation of nanomaterials. (K1) CO3 - Illustrate the concepts of design of nano materials. (K3) CO4 - Will develop knowledge in characteristic nanomaterial. (K2) CO5 - Will demonstrate the application of nano materials. (K4)
UNIT I INTRODUCTION (8 Hrs) Nanoscale Science and Technology- Implications for Physics, Chemistry, Biology and Engineering- Classifications of nanostructured materials- nano particles- quantum dots, nano wires ultra – thin films – multi layered materials. Length Scales involved and effect on properties: Mechanical, Electronic, Optical, Magnetic and Thermal properties. Introduction to properties and motivation for study (qualitative only). UNIT II GENERAL METHODS OF PREPARATION (9Hrs) Bottom-up Synthesis-Top-down Approach: Co-Precipitation, Ultrasonication, Mechanical Milling, Colloidal routes, Self-assembly, Vapour phase deposition, MOCVD, Sputtering, Evaporation, Molecular Beam Epitaxy, Atomic Layer Epitaxy, MOMBE.
UNIT III NANOMATERIALS (12 Hrs) Nanoforms of Carbon - Buckminster fullerene- graphene and carbon nanotube, Single wall carbon Nanotubes (SWCNT) and Multi wall carbon nanotubes (MWCNT)- methods of synthesis(arcgrowth, laser ablation, CVD routes, Plasma CVD), structure-property Relationships applications- Nanometal oxides-ZnO, TiO2,MgO, ZrO2, NiO, nanoalumina, CaO, AgTiO2, Ferrites, Nanoclaysfunctionalization and applications-Quantum wires, Quantum dots-preparation, properties and applications.
UNIT IV CHARACTERIZATION TECHNIQUES (9Hrs) X-ray diffraction technique, Scanning Electron Microscopy - environmental techniques, Transmission Electron Microscopy including high-resolution imaging, Surface Analysis techniques- AFM, SPM, STM, SNOM, ESCA, SIMS-Nanoindentation.
UNIT V APPLICATIONS (7Hrs) NanoInfoTech: Information storage- nanocomputer, molecular switch, super chip, nanocrystal, Nanobiotechlogy: nanoprobes in medical diagnostics and biotechnology, Nano medicines, Targetted drug delivery, Bioimaging - Micro Electro Mechanical Systems (MEMS), Nano Electro Mechanical Systems (NEMS)- Nanosensors, nano crystalline silver for bacterial inhibition, Nanoparticles for sunbarrier products - In Photostat, printing, solar cell, battery.
TEXT BOOKS: 1. A.S. Edelstein and R.C. Cammearata, eds., “Nanomaterials: Synthesis, Properties and Applications”, Institute of Physics Publishing, Bristol and Philadelphia, 1996. 2. N John Dinardo, “Nanoscale Charecterisation of surfaces & Interfaces”, 2nd edition Weinheim Cambridge, Wiley-VCH, 2000.
REFERENCES: 1. G Timp, “Nanotechnology”, AIP press/Springer, 1999. 2. Akhlesh Lakhtakia,“The Hand Book of Nano Technology, Nanometer Structure, Theory, Modeling and Simulations”. Prentice-Hall of India (P) Ltd, New Delhi, 2007.
Web References B.Tech. Fashion Technology
184 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020 1. https://www.worldscientific.com/worldscibooks/10.1142/8433 2. https://www.worldscientific.com/worldscibooks/10.1142/8433 3. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Characterization_of_nanoparticles 4. https://www.niehs.nih.gov/health/topics/agents/sya-nano/index.cfm 5. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Applications_of_nanotechnology
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping Program Specific Program Outcomes (POs) COs Outcomes (PSOs) PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3 1 3 2 2 - 2 - 1 ------1 - 2 3 2 2 - 2 - 1 ------1 - 3 3 2 2 - 2 - 1 ------1 - 4 3 2 2 - 2 - 1 ------1 - 5 3 2 2 - 2 - 1 ------1 - Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 - High
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
185 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
L T P C Hrs U20FTE614 DENIM GARMENT MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY 3 0 0 3 45 Course Objectives • To acquire denim fabrics. • To enable the students analyze designs in denim fabrics and garments • To acquire denim dyeing and finishing • To enable the student’s denim garment techniques • To enable the student’s various denim washing
Course Outcomes After completion of the course, the students will be able to CO1 - Acquire knowledge on fabrics(K1) CO1 -Acquire knowledge on designs in denim fabrics and garments (K2) CO1 -Explain denim dyeing processes and the final finishes achieved in them. (K2) CO1 -Will knowledge on Denim garment techniques(K3) CO1 -Explain washing treatments for denim fabrics and denim garments. (K3)
UNIT I DENIM ( 7 Hrs) DENIM: Overview of denim production, market potential, product ranges, manufacturers & brands
UNIT II YARNS AND FABRICS FOR DENIM ( 9 Hrs) YARNS AND FABRICS FOR DENIM: Yarn: characteristics, pre-requisites, quality requirements, spinning, yarn dyeing and sizing. Lycra: properties, yarn parameters influencing denim manufacturing. Fabric: characteristics, types, fabric parameters, factors influencing denim manufacturing, fabric faults, manufacture of lycra denim, knit denims
UNIT III DENIM PROCESSING (9 hrs) Dyes: properties and characteristics, conditions, requirements for dyeing & chemistry of dyeing, Machineries: Types of machines, process variables and parameters, factors influencing dyeing. Precautions & developments, assessment of dyed fabrics, processing parameters influencing knitted denims, problems and troubleshooting. Finishing: permanent press, preshrinking, integrated finishing and shrinking range, sanforizing, pre-drying, ammoniation & skewing. Coating and embossing techniques for denims.
UNIT IV DENIM GARMENTING (8 Hrs) Men‘s wear, women‘s wear, children‘s wear, style variations, construction sequence, sewing parameters, machineries used, special attachments, sewing threads, seam & stitch parameters, trims, accessories, size & fit requirements, care labelling.
UNIT V DENIM WASHING (12 Hrs) Process conditions, machineries, chemicals used for special effects - pumice stones, acid and enzyme wash, denim bleaching, biopolishing & biostoning, sand blasting, PP spray, grinding, whiskering, ozone and laser fading UNCONVENTIONAL DENIMS: Tinted denim, over dyed denim, reverse denim, pseudo denim, stretch denim, peach skin effect, quick wash denim, vintage wash, enzyme- soda wash, dextrose- caustic wash, sueding wash, golf ball wash, tie ‗n‘ wash, marble wash and crush finish
TEXT BOOKS: 1. Parmar M S, Satsangi S S & Jai Prakash, ―Denim – A fabric for all‖, NITRA Publications, 1996. 2. Li Y, ―Denim Apparel Design, Manufacture and Finishing‖, CRC Press, 2005.
REFERENCES: 1. Michael Harris, ―Jeans of the Old West- A History‖, 2010. 2. Graham Marsh, Paul Trynka & June Marsh, ―Denim: From Cowboys to Catwalks: A History of the World's Most Legendary Fabric‖, Samurai Publications, 2005. 3. Emily Current & Meritt Elliott, ―A Denim Story- Inspirations from bellbottoms to boyfriends, Fairchild Publications, 2014.
Web References 1. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Denim B.Tech. Fashion Technology
186 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020 2. https://www.textileschool.com/298/denim-fabrics/ 3. https://www.fibre2fashion.com/industry-article/6835/denim-processing 4. https://www.fibre2fashion.com/industry-article/3219/denim-in-the-perspective-of-a-fashion-garment 5. https://garmentsmerchandising.com/flow-chart-of-denim-washing-process/ COs/POs/PSOs Mapping Program Specific Program Outcomes (POs) COs Outcomes (PSOs) PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3 1 2 1 3 - - - 2 - - - - 1 - 2 1 2 2 2 3 - - - 2 - - - - 1 - 2 1 3 2 2 3 - - - 2 - - - - 1 - 2 1 4 2 2 3 - - - 2 - - - - 1 - 2 1 5 2 2 3 - - - 2 - - - - 1 - 2 1 Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 - High
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
187 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
L T P C Hrs U20FTE615 HOME TEXTILES IN FASHION 3 0 0 3 45 Course Objectives • To explain textiles for seating, its application and its scope. • To describe bed textiles with its types. • Classify various types of window textile, towels and kitchen textiles • To describe manufacturing processes of floor covering • To describe finishes and test evaluation for home textiles
Course Outcomes After completion of the course, the students will be able to CO1 - Explain textiles for seating, its application and its scope. (K2) CO2 - Describe bed textiles with its types (K3) CO3 - Classify various types of window textile, towels and kitchen textiles. (K3) CO4 - Describe manufacturing processes of floor covering. (K2) CO5 - Describe finishes and test evaluation for home textiles. (K4)
UNIT I TEXTILE FOR SEATING (9 Hrs) Upholstery fabrics for domestic applications – scope, fixed upholstery, non-stretch loose covers, stretch covers. Upholstery fabrics for contract use – general, automotive applications, Commercial applications.
UNIT II BED TEXTILES (9 Hrs) Sheets & Pillow Cases, Quilted Textile, Blankets & Rugs - Jacquard blankets, Printed blankets, Fire proof blankets, Baby blankets. Bed Spreads, Mattress covers, (Ticking), Table Textiles – Tablecloths – Colour – Woven & Printed type, jacquard types, embroidered types, non-woven types. Table mats – Colour -woven, Printed jacquard, embroidered.
UNIT III WINDOW TEXTILES (12 Hrs) Sun filters (Sheers and nets), Semi-sheers, Reflective textiles, curtain fabrics & drapes, Blinds.Fabrics for Wall Covering, Textile Art – Tapestries, Wall hangings, Textiles for screens & Room Dividers
Towels: - Types of towels, Bath robes, Beech Towels, Kitchen Towels, Terry towels, Napkins - Construction, weave, pile height, patterning, production, dyeing, finishing, etc. Bathroom Textiles - General shower curtains, Terry Towelling, Kitchen Textiles:-Aprons, Dish cloth, Teacosy, Bread bag, Mittens, Pot Holders, Table Mats – Construction & manufacturing details.
UNIT IV TEXTILE FLOOR COVERINGS (6 Hrs) Introduction, Pile Fibres, Backing fibres & fabrics – Tufted carpets, woven carpet. Woven Carpet Manufacture, Aximinster, Tufted Carpet Manufacture – Needling machinery textured & patterned needle felts, thermo- bonded products. Unconventional methods for making carpets – Bonding, knitted carpet, stitch bonding, flocking
UNIT V FINISHES AND EVALUATION IN HOME TEXTILES (9 Hrs) Introduction, protection against unpleasant adour, temperature regulated beddings, Antimicrobial finish, Moisture management finish, Towel finishing, Nanotechnology based home textiles enhancements., Introduction, Test Method for towels, rug and Home textiles
TEXT BOOKS: 1. Brian. D Colemen, "Luxurious Home Interiors‖, Gibbs Smith Publication, Hong Kong, 2004. 2. Premavathy Seetharaman and Parveen Pannu, ―Interior Design and Decoration‖, CBS Publishers and Distributors, New Delhi, India, 2005. 3. Jay Diamond and Ellen Diamond, ―Fashion Apparel, Accessories and Home Furnishings‖, Prentice Hall, New Delhi,2007. 4. Charles Randall and Sharon Templeaton, "Dream Windows", Randall International Orange, California, 2003. 5. Katrin Cargill, ―Simple Curtains‖, Ryland Peters and Small, London, 2002. 6. Wendy Baker, ―Curtain and Fabric Selector‖, Collins and Brown, London, 2000.
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
188 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020 REFERENCES: 1. Textile Floor coverings by G.H. Crawshaw, Textile Progress, Vol.9, No.2, The Textile Inst. Publisher 2. Interior Furnishings, Textile Progress, Vol.11, No.1, By Mortimer O.Shea, The Textile Inst. Publication 3. Performance of Home Textiles, Subrata Das, Woodhead Publications India Pvt Ltd 4. Carpets: Back to Front, Textile Progress, Vol.19, No.3 by – L Cegielka MA, The Textile Inst. Publication 5. Grosicki Z., Advanced Textile Design & Colour. Blackwell Science, Commerce place.
Web References 1. https://technicaltextile.net/articles/upholstery-in-automobiles-3100 2. https://byzara.com/en/portfolio/bedroom-textiles/ 3. https://www.standardtextile.com/products/window-treatments/ 4. https://study.com/academy/lesson/textile-floor-covering-standards.html 5. https://www.fibre2fashion.com/industry-article/7150/special-finishes-for-functional-home-textiles COs/POs/PSOs Mapping Program Specific Program Outcomes (POs) COs Outcomes (PSOs) PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3 1 3 2 ------1 - 2 3 2 1 ------1 - 3 3 2 1 ------1 - 4 3 2 1 ------1 - 5 3 2 ------1 - Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 - High
B.Tech. Fashion Technology
189 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020
L T P C Hrs U20MCO601 INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION FOR TEXTILE 3 0 0 3 45 Course Objectives • To define the concepts of automation in fabric inspection. • To explain the developments in spreading and cutting. • To Understand the developments in sewing and finishing machines used in apparel industries • To explain the developments in material handling • To explain the robotics and its application in apparel industry.
Course Outcomes After completion of the course, the students will be able to CO1 - Acquire knowledge in automation in fabric inspection (K1) CO2 - Discuss the developments in spreading and cutting (K4) CO3 - Understand the developments in sewing and finishing machines used in apparel industries (K2) CO4 - Acquire knowledge in the developments in material handling (K1) CO5 - Acquire knowledge on robotics and its application in apparel industry(K1)
UNIT I AUTOMATION IN FABRIC INSPECTION (9 Hrs) Definition – importance and role of automation in apparel industry. Principles of automatic fabric inspection and defect checking. Machine vision system – image acquisition, feature enhancement; Image segmentation – feature extraction, image understanding. UNIT II AUTOMATION IN SPREADING AND CUTTING (9 Hrs) Spreading- types, requirements of spreading. Automated elements in spreading machines. Cutting – types, requirements of cutting. Automated elements in cutting of textile materials – water jet, laser and plasma and computerized cutting machine. UNIT III AUTOMATION IN SEWING AND FINISHING (9 Hrs) Advanced sewing – Automatic placket feeder – Automatic pocket maker – Auto button sewer – Electronic sewing machines – Automation in special sewing machines- bar tack, button holing and button fixing. Advanced garment finishing, folding and packing machines – CNC pressing machines. UNIT IV AUTOMATION IN MATERIAL HANDLING (9 Hrs) Types of equipment- Automated storage and retrieval systems- Overview of conceptions of “Work Robots” and “Manipulators”. Conveyor systems – Unit production systems. Ply separation; Transportation - position and orientation, pick and place – clamping grippers and pinch grippers. UNIT V ROBOTICS IN APPAREL INDUSTRY (9 Hrs) Robotics in spreading and cutting; Robotics in sewing – double lock stitching, one side stitching, Tufting; Robotics for material handling; Robots as 2D and 3D folding machines; Robot control and simulation. Return on investment on automation.
Text Books: 1. Berkstresser, G.A. & Buchanan, E.M., Automation and Robotics in the Textile and Apparel Industries, Noyes Publications, 1986. 2. M.G.Mahadevan, “Textile Robotics and Automation”, Abhishek Publications, Chandigarh, 2001. 3. A.Gordan, et al., “Automation and Robotics in the Textile and Apparel Industries (Textile series)”, Noyes Publication, UK, 1986. 4. G.A.Berkstresser, “Automation in the Textile Industry: From Fibers to Apparel”, 1st Edition, Technomic Publishing Co., Inc, UK, 1995.
Reference Books: 1. M.Acar, “Mechatronic Design in Textile Engineering”, NATO Science Series, 1st edition, Springer, USA, 1994. 2. Carr, H. and Latham, B., ‘The Technology of Clothing Manufacture’, Wiley-Blackwell, 2009. 3. Relis, N. & Strauss, G, ‘Sewing for Fashion Design’, Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice Hall, 1997. 4. Stylios G, ‘Textile Objective Measurement and Automation in Garment Manufacture’ Ellis Horwood Ltd., U.K., 1991 5. Solinger, J, ‘Apparel Manufacturing Handbook’, 2nd Ed., Van Nostrand Reinhold, New York, 1995 6. Crum, R.J, ‘Methods of Joining Fabrics’, Shirley Institute, 1983. 7. V.Jayakumar, “ Applied Hydraulics & Pneumatics”, Lakshmi Publications, Chennai, June 2010. 8. Tain kok Kiong, Andi Sudjana Putra “ Drives and Control for Industrial Automation”, Springer – Verlag London Limited 2011. B.Tech. Fashion Technology
190 Academic curriculum and syllabi R-2020 9. Dave Polka, “Motors and Drives – A Practical Technology Guide”, ISA – The Instrumentation Systems and Automation Society, 2003 10. P. Khanna, “Industrial Engineering and Management”, Dhanpat. Rai Publications, New Delhi, 1999.
Web References 1. https://www.fibre2fashion.com/industry-article/7252/automated-fabric-inspection-used-in-garment- industry 2. https://www.textileworld.com/textile-world/features/2020/03/automated-cutting-sewing-developments/ 3. https://www.textileblog.com/automation-and-robotic-in-sewing-technology/ 4. https://galecia.com/content/automated-materials-handling 5. https://www.fibre2fashion.com/industry-article/7183/use-of-robots-automation-in-the-garment-industry
COs/POs/PSOs Mapping Program Specific Program Outcomes (POs) COs Outcomes (PSOs) PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3 1 3 - - - 3 ------3 - 2 - - - - 3 ------3 - 3 - - - - 3 ------4 - - - - 3 ------5 - - - - 3 ------Correlation Level: 1- Low, 2 - Medium, 3 – High
B.Tech. Fashion Technology